์ด๊ฒƒ์€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž๊ฐ€ 2025-5-9 13:30์— https://app.immersivetranslate.com/pdf-pro/44896154-7337-44e3-aa23-772bb6bca6c6/์„(๋ฅผ) ์œ„ํ•ด ์ €์žฅํ•œ ์ด์ค‘ ์–ธ์–ด ์Šค๋ƒ…์ƒท ํŽ˜์ด์ง€๋กœ, ๋ชฐ์ž…ํ˜• ๋ฒˆ์—ญ์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ œ๊ณต๋œ ์ด์ค‘ ์–ธ์–ด ์ง€์›์ด ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ €์žฅํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์•Œ์•„๋ณด์„ธ์š”?

Introduction   ์†Œ๊ฐœ

\author{  \์ €์ž{
  1. The Metaphor of Deification
    ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์€์œ 

    }
All the earlier patristic writers who refer to deification, although sometimes conscious of the boldness of their language, took it for granted that their readers understood what they meant. Clement of Alexandria was first to use the technical vocabulary of deification, but he did not think it necessary to explain it. No formal definition of deification occurs until the sixth century, when Dionysius the Areopagite declares: โ€˜Deification ( ฮธ ฮธ theta\theta โ€™ ฯ‰ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s ฯ‰ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s omega omega sigma iota s\omega \omega \sigma \iota s ) is the attaining of likeness to God and union with him so far as is possibleโ€™ (EH I. 3, PG 3. 376A). Only in the seventh century does Maximus the Confessor discuss deification as a theological topic in its own right.
์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ฅผ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ชจ๋“  ๊ต๋ถ€ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์€, ๋•Œ๋•Œ๋กœ ๊ทธ๋“ค์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๊ฐ€ ์ง€๋‹Œ ๋Œ€๋‹ดํ•จ์„ ์˜์‹ํ•˜์˜€์ง€๋งŒ, ๋…์ž๋“ค์ด ๊ทธ ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ์ดํ•ดํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋‹น์—ฐํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฌ๊ฒผ๋‹ค. ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜ํŠธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ผ๋Š” ์ „๋ฌธ ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ–ˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์—†๋‹ค๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ฐํ–ˆ๋‹ค. 6์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ์ด๋ฅด๋Ÿฌ์„œ์•ผ ์•„๋ ˆ์˜คํŒŒ๊ณ ์Šค ์‚ฌ๋žŒ ๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ์šฐ์Šค(Dionysius the Areopagite)๊ฐ€ "์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”( ฮธ ฮธ theta\theta ฯ‰ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s ฯ‰ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s omega omega sigma iota s\omega \omega \sigma \iota s ็ฅžๅŒ–)๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์„ ๋‹ฎ์•„๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ณผ ์—ฐํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ"(EH I. 3, PG 3. 376A)์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ์„ ์–ธํ•˜๊ธฐ ์ „๊นŒ์ง€๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ณต์‹์ ์ธ ์ •์˜๊ฐ€ ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ค. 7์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ์™€์„œ์•ผ ๋น„๋กœ์†Œ ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค(Maximus the Confessor)๋Š” ๊ทธ ์ž์ฒด๋กœ ์‹ ํ•™์  ์ฃผ์ œ๋กœ์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๋…ผ์˜ํ•œ๋‹ค.
The reason for this is that deification language is most often used metaphorically. 1 1 ^(1){ }^{1} The implications of the metaphor were clear to its first hearers or readers and did not need to be spelled out, the context of the utterance enabling them to construe its meaning. But by the sixth century the metaphorical sense was fading. Deification was becoming a technical term susceptible of definition. 2 2 ^(2){ }^{2} That is to say, the same truth which was originally expressed in metaphorical language came in the early Byzantine period to be expressed conceptually and dogmatically:
๊ทธ ์ด์œ ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–) ์–ธ์–ด๊ฐ€ ์€์œ ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ž์ฃผ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. 1 1 ^(1){ }^{1} ์€์œ ์˜ ํ•จ์˜๋Š” ์ฒ˜์Œ ๋“ฃ๋Š” ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ด๋‚˜ ๋…์ž์—๊ฒŒ ๋ถ„๋ช…ํ–ˆ๊ณ , ๊ทธ ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ํ•ด์„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ํ•ด์ฃผ๋Š” ๋ฐœํ™”์˜ ๋ฌธ๋งฅ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ 6์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ์ด๋ฅด๋Ÿฌ ์€์œ ์  ์˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ํฌ๋ฏธํ•ด์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ)๋Š” ์ •์˜์— ๋ฏผ๊ฐํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ์šฉ์–ด๊ฐ€ ๋˜์–ด๊ฐ€๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. 2 2 ^(2){ }^{2} ์ฆ‰, ์›๋ž˜ ์€์œ ์  ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜์—ˆ๋˜ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์ง„๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์‹œ๋Œ€์— ๊ฐœ๋…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ต์˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.
The subject of this book is Christian deification from its birth as a metaphor to its maturity as a spiritual doctrine. The early Fathers use deification language in one of three ways, nominally, analogically, or metaphorically. The first two uses are straightforward. The nominal interprets the biblical application of the word โ€˜godsโ€™ to human beings simply as a title of honour. The analogical โ€˜stretchesโ€™ the nominal: Moses was a god to Pharaoh as a wise man is a god to a fool; or men become sons and gods โ€˜by graceโ€™ in relation to Christ who is Son and God โ€˜by natureโ€™. 3 3 ^(3){ }^{3} The metaphorical use is more
์ด ์ฑ…์˜ ์ฃผ์ œ๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–)๊ฐ€ ์€์œ ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ํƒ„์ƒ์—์„œ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์˜์  ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์„ฑ์ˆ™์— ์ด๋ฅด๊ธฐ๊นŒ์ง€์ด๋‹ค. ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋ฅผ ๋ช…๋ชฉ์ƒ, ์œ ๋น„์  ๋˜๋Š” ์€์œ ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์„ธ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ฒ˜์Œ ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์šฉ๋„๋Š” ๊ฐ„๋‹จํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ช…๋ชฉ์ƒ์€ '์‹ ๋“ค'์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๋‹จ์–ด๊ฐ€ ์ธ๊ฐ„์—๊ฒŒ ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์„ ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ๋ช…์˜ˆ๋กœ์šด ์นญํ˜ธ๋กœ ํ•ด์„ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์œ ์ถ”๋Š” ๋ช…์‚ฌ๋ฅผ 'ํ™•์žฅ'ํ•œ๋‹ค: ๋ชจ์„ธ๋Š” ํ˜„๋ช…ํ•œ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ด ์–ด๋ฆฌ์„์€ ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ์‹ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ํŒŒ๋ผ์˜ค์—๊ฒŒ ์‹ ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋˜๋Š” ์ธ๊ฐ„์€ '๋ณธ๋ž˜' ์•„๋“ค์ด์‹œ๋ฉฐ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์ด์‹  ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์™€์˜ ๊ด€๊ณ„ ์•ˆ์—์„œ '์€ํ˜œ์— ์˜ํ•ด' ์•„๋“ค๊ณผ ์‹ ์ด ๋œ๋‹ค. 3 3 ^(3){ }^{3} ์€์œ ์  ์šฉ๋ฒ•์ด ๋” ๋งŽ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค
sactaments of baptism and the Eucharist. These four basic approaches, nominal, analogical, ethical, and realistic (in both its ontological and dynamic aspects) will be used as a framework for much of what follows.
์„ธ๋ก€์™€ ์„ฑ์ฒด์„ฑ์‚ฌ์˜ ์‹ค์ฒด. ์ด ๋„ค ๊ฐ€์ง€ ๊ธฐ๋ณธ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•, ์ฆ‰ ๋ช…๋ชฉ๋ก ์ (nominal), ์œ ์ถ”ํ•™์ (analogical), ์œค๋ฆฌ์ (ethical), ํ˜„์‹ค์ (realistic)์€ (์กด์žฌ๋ก ์  ์ธก๋ฉด๊ณผ ์—ญ๋™์  ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ชจ๋‘์—์„œ) ๋‹ค์Œ ๋‚ด์šฉ์˜ ํ‹€๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.

2. The Need for the Study
2. ์—ฐ๊ตฌ์˜ ํ•„์š”์„ฑ

Metaphors, as Andrew Louth has observed, โ€˜disclose a way of looking at the world, a way of understanding the world. If we wish to understand the way in which any of the ancients understood their world, we must pay heed to their use of metaphorsโ€™. 6 6 ^(6){ }^{6} But Western scholars have rarely given the metaphor of deification sympathetic attention. The tone was set by Adolf von Harnack. Towards the end of the nineteenth century he correctly identified deification as a leading theme in Irenaeus of Lyons that found ready acceptance among his contemporaries because it not only surpassed the Gnostic conception of salvation but also accorded with Christianityโ€™s eschatological tendencies and the mystical currents of Neoplatonism. Moreover, it came close but โ€˜in a very peculiar wayโ€™ to Pauline theology (1896-9: ii. 240-I). But in Harnackโ€™s view the โ€˜exchange formulaโ€™ encapsulating this doctrine (God became man that man might become god) was fundamentally derived from the mystery cults and was consequently to be deplored: โ€˜when the Christian religion was represented as the belief in the incarnation of God and as the sure hope of the deification of man, a speculation that had originally never got beyond the fringe of religious knowledge was made the central point of the system and the simple content of the Gospel was obscuredโ€™ ( 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896-91896-9 : ii. 10,318 ). More precisely, deification presented redemption as โ€˜the abrogation of the natural state by a miraculous transformation of our natureโ€™; it distinguished the supreme good from the morally good; it excluded an atonement; and it called for christological formulas which contradicted the picture of Jesus in the Gospels ( 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896-91896-9 : iii. 164-6).
์•ค๋“œ๋ฅ˜ ๋ผ์šฐ์Šค(Andrew Louth)๊ฐ€ ๊ด€์ฐฐํ–ˆ๋“ฏ์ด ์€์œ ๋Š” '์„ธ์ƒ์„ ๋ณด๋Š” ๋ฐฉ์‹, ์„ธ์ƒ์„ ์ดํ•ดํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ์‹์„ ๋“œ๋Ÿฌ๋‚ธ๋‹ค. ๊ณ ๋Œ€์ธ๋“ค์ด ๊ทธ๋“ค์˜ ์„ธ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ์ดํ•ดํ•œ ๋ฐฉ์‹์„ ์ดํ•ดํ•˜๊ณ ์ž ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋“ค์ด ์€์œ ๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์— ์ฃผ์˜๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์šธ์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค." 6 6 ^(6){ }^{6} ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์„œ๊ตฌ ํ•™์ž๋“ค์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์€์œ ์— ๋™์ •์ ์ธ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๊ธฐ์šธ์ด๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ๊ฐ€ ๊ฑฐ์˜ ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ถ„์œ„๊ธฐ๋Š” ์•„๋Œํ”„ ํฐ ํ•˜๋ฅด๋‚™(Adolf von Harnack)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์„ค์ •๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. 19์„ธ๊ธฐ ๋ง๊ฒฝ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๊ฐ€ ๋ฆฌ์šฉ์˜ ์ด๋ ˆ๋‚˜์ด์šฐ์Šค(Irenaeus of Lyons)์˜ ์ฃผ์š” ์ฃผ์ œ๋ผ๊ณ  ์ •ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ฐํ˜”๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ด๋Š” ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์ด ์˜์ง€์ฃผ์˜์˜ ๊ตฌ์› ๊ฐœ๋…์„ ๋Šฅ๊ฐ€ํ–ˆ์„ ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์˜ ์ข…๋ง๋ก ์  ๊ฒฝํ–ฅ๊ณผ ์‹ ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ฃผ์˜์˜ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜์  ํ๋ฆ„๊ณผ๋„ ์ผ์น˜ํ–ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ๋™์‹œ๋Œ€์ธ๋“ค ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์ฆ‰์‹œ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์—ฌ์กŒ๋‹ค. ๋”์šฑ์ด, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ฐ”์šธ ์‹ ํ•™์— "๋งค์šฐ ๋…ํŠนํ•œ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ" ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์› ๋‹ค(1896-9: ii. 240-I). ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ํ•˜๋ฅด๋‚™์˜ ๊ฒฌํ•ด์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์ด ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ํ•จ์ถ•ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” '๊ตํ™˜ ๊ณต์‹'(ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์ด ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ๋˜์…จ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ์‹ ์ด ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค)์€ ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์‹ ๋น„ ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ๋“ค๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์œ ๋ž˜๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ด์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๊ฐœํƒ„์˜ ๋Œ€์ƒ์ด ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค: "๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ต๊ฐ€ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ฏฟ์Œ์œผ๋กœ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ™•์‹คํ•œ ํฌ๋ง์œผ๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ, ๋ณธ๋ž˜ ์ข…๊ต์  ์ง€์‹์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ์ž๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ฝ” ๋ฒ—์–ด๋‚˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ–ˆ๋˜ ์‚ฌ์ƒ‰์ด ์ข…๊ต์  ์ง€์‹์˜ ์ฃผ๋ณ€๋ถ€๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ฝ” ๋ฒ—์–ด๋‚˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ–ˆ๋˜ ์‚ฌ์ƒ‰์ด ๊ทธ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์ ์ด ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ณต์Œ์˜ ์ฒด๊ณ„์™€ ๋‹จ์ˆœํ•œ ๋‚ด์šฉ์ด ๋ชจํ˜ธํ•ด์กŒ๋‹ค"( 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896-91896-9 : ii. 10,318). ์ข€ ๋” ์ •ํ™•ํžˆ ๋งํ•˜์ž๋ฉด, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ๊ตฌ์†์„ '์šฐ๋ฆฌ ๋ณธ์„ฑ์˜ ๊ธฐ์ ์ ์ธ ๋ณ€ํ˜•์— ์˜ํ•œ ์ž์—ฐ ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ํ์ง€'๋กœ ์ œ์‹œํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ตœ๊ณ ์˜ ์„ ๊ณผ ๋„๋•์ ์œผ๋กœ ์„ ์„ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„ํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ์†์ฃ„๋ฅผ ๋ฐฐ์ œํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ณต์Œ์„œ์— ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚œ ์˜ˆ์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ชจ์Šต๊ณผ ๋ชจ์ˆœ๋˜๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ก ์  ๊ณต์‹์„ ์š”๊ตฌํ–ˆ๋‹ค( 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896 โˆ’ 9 1896-91896-9 : iii. 164-6).
Biblical scholars today are less confident about the simplicity of the Gospel, but Harnackโ€™s judgement on deification has endured. In i960 Benjamin Drewery declared: โ€˜I must put it on record that deification is, in my view, the most serious aberration to be found not only in Origen but in the whole tradition to which he contributed, and nothing that modern defenders of ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s . ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s . alpha^(ห™)pi o theta epsilon epsilon omega sigma iota s.\dot{\alpha} \pi o \theta \epsilon \epsilon \omega \sigma \iota s .. have urged has shaken in the slightest my conviction that here lies the disastrous flaw in Greek Christian thoughtโ€™ (i960: 200-1). Dreweryโ€™s protest is not to be dismissed lightly. In 1975 he published a brief but well , documented study of deification which may still serve as a good, if provocative, introduction. After reviewing the relevant texts, his evaluation was still negative. He considered the doctrine unbiblical and irrational, its modern
์˜ค๋Š˜๋‚  ์„ฑ๊ฒฝํ•™์ž๋“ค์€ ๋ณต์Œ์˜ ๋‹จ์ˆœ์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ํ™•์‹ ํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ•˜๋ฅด๋‚™์˜ ํŒ๋‹จ์€ ์ง€์†๋˜์–ด ์™”๋‹ค. 1960๋…„์— ๋ฒค์ž๋ฏผ ๋“œ๋ฃจ์–ด๋ฆฌ(Benjamin Drewery)๋Š” ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ์„ ์–ธํ–ˆ๋‹ค: "๋‚ด๊ฐ€ ๋ณด๊ธฐ์—, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ์—๊ฒŒ์„œ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ๊ธฐ์—ฌํ•œ ์ „์ฒด ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ๋ฐœ๊ฒฌ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์‹ฌ๊ฐํ•œ ์ผํƒˆ์ด๋ฉฐ, ํ˜„๋Œ€์˜ ์˜นํ˜ธ์ž๋“ค๊ณผ๋Š” ์•„๋ฌด ๊ฒƒ๋„ ๋‹ค๋ฅด๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊ธฐ๋ก์— ๋‚จ๊ฒจ๋‘์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s . ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s . alpha^(ห™)pi o theta epsilon epsilon omega sigma iota s.\dot{\alpha} \pi o \theta \epsilon \epsilon \omega \sigma \iota s . . ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์‚ฌ์ƒ์˜ ๋น„์ฐธํ•œ ๊ฒฐํ•จ์ด ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์— ๋†“์—ฌ ์žˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๋‚˜์˜ ํ™•์‹ ์„ ์กฐ๊ธˆ์ด๋ผ๋„ ํ”๋“ค์–ด ๋†“์•˜๋‹ค"(i960: 200-1). ๋“œ๋ฃจ์–ด๋ฆฌ์˜ ํ•ญ์˜๋Š” ๊ฐ€๋ณ๊ฒŒ ์น˜๋ถ€๋˜์–ด์„œ๋Š” ์•ˆ ๋œ๋‹ค. 1975๋…„์— ๊ทธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ„๋žตํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์ž˜ ๋ฌธ์„œํ™”๋œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐœํ‘œํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ด ์ฑ…์€ ๋„๋ฐœ์ ์ด๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์—ฌ์ „ํžˆ ์ข‹์€ ์ž…๋ฌธ์„œ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ด€๋ จ ๋ฌธํ—Œ์„ ๊ฒ€ํ† ํ•œ ํ›„์—๋„ ๊ทธ์˜ ํ‰๊ฐ€๋Š” ์—ฌ์ „ํžˆ ๋ถ€์ •์ ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ๊ทธ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๋น„์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์ ์ด๊ณ  ๋น„ํ•ฉ๋ฆฌ์ ์ด๋ฉฐ, ํ˜„๋Œ€์ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค
champions being โ€˜guilty of pushing a paradox into the realms of the nonsensicalโ€™ (1975:52).
์˜นํ˜ธ์ž๋“ค์€ '์—ญ์„ค์„ ๋ฌด์˜๋ฏธํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์˜ ์˜์—ญ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐ€์–ด ๋„ฃ๋Š” ์ฃ„์ฑ…๊ฐ'(1975:52)์„ ์ง€์—ˆ๋‹ค.
Dreweryโ€™s hostility is partly to be explained by the fact that he was reacting against the confident and somewhat polemical accounts of deification put forward by three Orthodox writers, Myrtha Lot-Borodine, Vladimir Jossky, and Philip Sherrard. It was Lot-Borodine who first drew the attention of Western readers to the doctrineโ€™s centrality in the Eastern Orthodox tradition in a series of articles entitled โ€˜La doctrine de la โ€œdรฉificationโ€ dans lโ€™ร‰glise grecque jusquโ€™au XI c XI c XI^(c)\mathrm{XI}^{c} siรจcleโ€™ published in the Revue dโ€™bistoire des religions in 1932-3 and subsequently reissued with a preface by Cardinal Daniรฉlou in 1970. Daniรฉlou says that when he first read them, the articles had a profound effect on him: โ€˜They crystallized for me something for which I had been searching, a vision of man transfigured by the divine energiesโ€™ (Lot-Borodine 1970: 10). They were to exercise a powerful influence on his important work of 1944 on the mystical theology of Gregory of Nyssa. Lot-Borodineโ€™s articles, however, had appeared without a full scholarly apparatus. In Daniรฉlouโ€™s words, they abounded instead โ€˜with something more preciousโ€™, with a profound sense of the Byzantine spiritual tradition (Lot-Borodine 1970: 1 I). At the same time this Byzantine interpretation of the early Greek Fathers could be seen as a weakness. Even a sympathetic reader like Daniรฉlou could not accept an account of early patristic theology couched in the language of Gregory Palamas. This seemed to him to fall into an error mirroring that of Western scholasticism. Nor did he accept Lot-Borodineโ€™s neat opposition between Eastern and Western theology.
๋“œ๋ฃจ์–ด๋ฆฌ์˜ ์ ๋Œ€๊ฐ์€ ์„ธ ๋ช…์˜ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค, ์ฆ‰ ๋ฏธ๋ฅดํƒ€ ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜(Myrtha Lot-Borodine), ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ์กฐ์Šคํ‚ค(Vladimir Jossky), ํ•„๋ฆฝ ์…ฐ๋ผ๋“œ(Philip Sherrard)๊ฐ€ ์ œ์‹œํ•œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ž์‹ ๊ฐ ์žˆ๊ณ  ๋‹ค์†Œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ์„ค๋ช…์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ๋ฐ˜์ž‘์šฉํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ ์œผ๋กœ ์„ค๋ช…๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์€ 1932-3๋…„์— Revue d'bistoire des religions์— ์‹ค๋ ธ๊ณ , 1970๋…„์— ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ ์ถ”๊ธฐ๊ฒฝ์˜ ์„œ๋ฌธ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์žฌ๋ฐœํ–‰๋œ 'La doctrine de la "dรฉification" dans l'ร‰glise grecque jusqu'au XI c XI c XI^(c)\mathrm{XI}^{c} siรจcle'์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์ œ๋ชฉ์˜ ์ผ๋ จ์˜ ๊ธ€์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋™๋ฐฉ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ์ด ๊ต๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์ ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹ค์— ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์„œ๊ตฌ ๋…์ž๋“ค์˜ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๋Œ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ(Daniรฉlou)๋Š” ๊ทธ ๊ธฐ์‚ฌ๋“ค์„ ์ฒ˜์Œ ์ฝ์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ ์ž์‹ ์—๊ฒŒ ๊นŠ์€ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์ณค๋‹ค๊ณ  ๋งํ•œ๋‹ค: "๊ทธ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์€ ๋‚ด๊ฐ€ ์ฐพ๊ณ  ์žˆ๋˜ ์–ด๋–ค ๊ฒƒ, ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ๋น„์ „์„ ๊ตฌ์ฒดํ™”์‹œ์ผฐ๋‹ค"(Lot-Borodine 1970: 10). ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ 1944๋…„ ๋‹ˆ์‚ฌ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์ €์ž‘์— ๊ฐ•๋ ฅํ•œ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์น˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์˜ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์€ ์™„์ „ํ•œ ํ•™์ˆ ์  ์žฅ์น˜ ์—†์ด ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ์˜ ๋ง์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์ •์‹  ์ „ํ†ต์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊นŠ์€ ๊ฐ๊ฐ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ '๋” ์†Œ์ค‘ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ'์œผ๋กœ ๋„˜์ณ๋‚ฌ๋‹ค(Lot-Borodine 1970: 1 I). ๋™์‹œ์— ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด์˜ ํ•ด์„์€ ์•ฝ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋™์ •์‹ฌ ๋งŽ์€ ๋…์ž์กฐ์ฐจ๋„ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋œ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ต๋ถ€ ์‹ ํ•™์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์ด๊ฒƒ์ด ์„œ์–‘์˜ ์Šค์ฝœ๋ผ ์ฒ ํ•™์„ ๋ฐ˜์˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์˜ค๋ฅ˜์— ๋น ์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ๋ณด์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ๋™์–‘ ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์„œ์–‘ ์‹ ํ•™ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋กฏ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์˜ ๊น”๋”ํ•œ ๋Œ€๋ฆฝ์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ด์ง€๋„ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค.
A similar polemical tendency is also evident in the work of Vladimir Lossky, who has perhaps done more than anybody else to explain Orthodox spirituality to a Western public. His Essai sur la thรฉologie mystique de lโ€™ร‰glise dโ€™Orient of 1944, translated into English in 1957, made the doctrine of deification widely known as the crowning achievement of Byzantine mystical theology. Deification is the final end of humankind, the fullness of mystical union with God, seen in terms of a participation in the divine and uncreated energies which can begin even in this life. Lossky draws a strong contrast between the dynamic theology (in the strict sense) of the East, as represented by the later Fathers and St Gregory Palamas, and the static theology of the West, as embodied in the writings of St Augustine and St Thomas Aquinas. His polemical tone has attracted adverse comment even from fellow Orthodox. โ€˜As a controversialist and apologistโ€™, John Meyendorff writes, โ€˜Vladimir Lossky was sometimes intransigent and harshโ€™ (Lossky 1963: 5). The intransigence was not all one-way. At the time, Orthodox theology was often treated by Western writers in a hostile or patronizing manner, as the writings of Martin Jugie, for example, witness. Losskyโ€™s reaction is understandable: 'In the present state of dogmatic difference between East and West it is essential, if one wishes to study the mystical
์ด์™€ ๋น„์Šทํ•œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์  ๊ฒฝํ–ฅ์€ ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค(Vladimir Lossky)์˜ ์ €์„œ์—์„œ๋„ ๋šœ๋ ท์ด ๋“œ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ์•„๋งˆ๋„ ์„œ๊ตฌ ๋Œ€์ค‘์—๊ฒŒ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์˜์„ฑ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ๋ณด๋‹ค๋„ ๋” ๋งŽ์€ ์ผ์„ ํ–ˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. 1944๋…„์— ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ €์„œ Essai sur la thรฉologie mystique de l'ร‰glise d'Orient๋Š” 1957๋…„์— ์˜์–ด๋กœ ๋ฒˆ์—ญ๋˜์–ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์˜ ์ตœ๊ณ ์˜ ์—…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋„๋ฆฌ ์•Œ๋ ค์ง€๊ฒŒ ํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅžๅฎ‰)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฅ˜์˜ ์ตœ์ข…์ ์ธ ์ข…๋ง์ด๋ฉฐ, ์‹ ๊ณผ์˜ ์‹ ๋น„๋กœ์šด ์—ฐํ•ฉ์˜ ์ถฉ๋งŒํ•จ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ด์ƒ์—์„œ๋„ ์‹œ์ž‘๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์‹ ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ง„๋‹ค. ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค๋Š” ํ›„๋Œ€์˜ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค๊ณผ ์„ฑ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค๋กœ ๋Œ€ํ‘œ๋˜๋Š” ๋™๋ฐฉ์˜ (์—„๋ฐ€ํ•œ ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ์˜) ์—ญ๋™์  ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์„ฑ ์•„์šฐ๊ตฌ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค์™€ ์„ฑ ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์•„ํ€ด๋‚˜์Šค์˜ ์ €์ˆ ์— ๊ตฌ์ฒดํ™”๋œ ์„œ๋ฐฉ์˜ ์ •์ ์ธ ์‹ ํ•™ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๊ฐ•ํ•œ ๋Œ€์กฐ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฃฌ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ์˜ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ์–ด์กฐ๋Š” ๋™๋ฃŒ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์‹ ์ž๋“ค๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ๋„ ๋ถ€์ •์ ์ธ ํ‰๊ฐ€๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์•˜๋‹ค. ์กด ๋ฉ”์ด์—”๋„๋ฅดํ”„(John Meyendorff)๋Š” "๋…ผ์Ÿ๊ฐ€์ด์ž ๋ณ€์ฆ๊ฐ€๋กœ์„œ, ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค๋Š” ๋•Œ๋•Œ๋กœ ๋น„ํƒ€ํ˜‘์ ์ด๊ณ  ๊ฐ€ํ˜นํ–ˆ๋‹ค"๊ณ  ์ผ๋‹ค(Lossky 1963: 5). ๋น„ํƒ€ํ˜‘์ ์ธ ํƒœ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ผ๋ฐฉ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๋งŒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๋‹น์‹œ, ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์‹ ํ•™์€ ์„œ๊ตฌ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ข…์ข… ์ ๋Œ€์ ์ด๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์„ ์‹ฌ์„ฑ ํƒœ๋„๋กœ ์ทจ๊ธ‰๋˜์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด ๋งˆํ‹ด ์ฃผ๊ธฐ(Martin Jugie)์˜ ์ €์ˆ ์ด ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฆ๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‘์€ ์ดํ•ดํ•  ๋งŒํ•˜๋‹ค: "๋™์–‘๊ณผ ์„œ์–‘ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์  ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ˜„์žฌ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ๋งŒ์•ฝ ๋ˆ„๊ตฐ๊ฐ€๊ฐ€ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ์—ฐ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์›ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ํ•„์ˆ˜์ ์ด๋‹ค.

champions being โ€˜guilty of pushing a paradox into the realms of the nonsensicalโ€™ (1975:52).
์˜นํ˜ธ์ž๋“ค์€ '์—ญ์„ค์„ ๋ฌด์˜๋ฏธํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์˜ ์˜์—ญ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐ€์–ด ๋„ฃ๋Š” ์ฃ„์ฑ…๊ฐ'(1975:52)์„ ์ง€์—ˆ๋‹ค.
Dreweryโ€™s hostility is partly to be explained by the fact that he was reacting against the confident and somewhat polemical accounts of deification put forward by three Orthodox writers, Myrtha Lot-Borodine, Vladimir Lossky, and Philip Sherrard. It was Lot-Borodine who first drew the attention of Western readers to the doctrineโ€™s centrality in the Eastern Orthodox tradition in a series of articles entitled โ€˜La doctrine de la โ€œdรฉificationโ€ dans lโ€™ร‰glise grecque jusquโ€™au XI c XI c XI^(c)\mathrm{XI}^{c} siรจcleโ€™ published in the Revue dโ€™histoire des religions in 1932-3 and subsequently reissued with a preface by Cardinal Daniรฉlou in 1970. Daniรฉlou says that when he first read them, the articles had a profound effect on him: โ€˜They crystallized for me something for which I had been searching, a vision of man transfigured by the divine energiesโ€™ (Lot-Borodine 1970: 10). They were to exercise a powerful influence on his important work of 1944 on the mystical theology of Gregory of Nyssa. Lot-Borodineโ€™s articles, however, had appeared without a full scholarly apparatus. In Daniรฉlouโ€™s words, they abounded instead โ€˜with something more preciousโ€™, with a profound sense of the Byzantine spiritual tradition (Lot-Borodine 1970: il). At the same time this Byzantine interpretation of the early Greek Fathers could be seen as a weakness. Even a sympathetic reader like Daniรฉlou could not accept an account of early patristic theology couched in the language of Gregory Palamas. This seemed to him to fall into an error mirroring that of Western scholasticism. Nor did he accept Lot-Borodineโ€™s neat opposition between Eastern and Western theology.
๋“œ๋ฃจ์–ด๋ฆฌ์˜ ์ ๋Œ€๊ฐ์€ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ์„ธ ๋ช…์˜ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค, ๋ฏธ๋ฅดํƒ€ ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜, ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค, ํ•„๋ฆฝ ์…ฐ๋ผ๋“œ๊ฐ€ ์ œ์‹œํ•œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ž์‹ ๊ฐ ์žˆ๊ณ  ๋‹ค์†Œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ์„ค๋ช…์— ๋ฐ˜์ž‘์šฉํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์„ค๋ช…๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์€ 1932-3๋…„ ์ข…๊ต ๊ฐ€๊ทน(Revue d'histoire des religions)์— ์‹ค๋ฆฐ 'La doctrine de la "dรฉification" dans l'ร‰glise grecque jusqu'au XI c XI c XI^(c)\mathrm{XI}^{c} siรจcle'์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์ œ๋ชฉ์˜ ์ผ๋ จ์˜ ๊ธ€์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋™๋ฐฉ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ์ด ๊ต๋ฆฌ์˜ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์„œ๊ตฌ ๋…์ž๋“ค์˜ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ์ผ์œผ์ผฐ๊ณ , ์ดํ›„ 1970๋…„ ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ ์ถ”๊ธฐ๊ฒฝ์˜ ์„œ๋ฌธ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์žฌ๋ฐœํ–‰๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ(Daniรฉlou)๋Š” ๊ทธ ๊ธฐ์‚ฌ๋“ค์„ ์ฒ˜์Œ ์ฝ์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ ์ž์‹ ์—๊ฒŒ ๊นŠ์€ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์ณค๋‹ค๊ณ  ๋งํ•œ๋‹ค: "๊ทธ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์€ ๋‚ด๊ฐ€ ์ฐพ๊ณ  ์žˆ๋˜ ์–ด๋–ค ๊ฒƒ, ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ๋น„์ „์„ ๊ตฌ์ฒดํ™”์‹œ์ผฐ๋‹ค"(Lot-Borodine 1970: 10). ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ 1944๋…„ ๋‹ˆ์‚ฌ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์ €์ž‘์— ๊ฐ•๋ ฅํ•œ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์น˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์˜ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์€ ์™„์ „ํ•œ ํ•™์ˆ ์  ์žฅ์น˜ ์—†์ด ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ์˜ ๋ง์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์ •์‹  ์ „ํ†ต์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊นŠ์€ ๊ฐ๊ฐ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ '๋” ์†Œ์ค‘ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ'์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ€๋“ ์ฐจ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค(Lot-Borodine 1970: il). ๋™์‹œ์— ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด์˜ ํ•ด์„์€ ์•ฝ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋™์ •์‹ฌ ๋งŽ์€ ๋…์ž์กฐ์ฐจ๋„ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋œ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ต๋ถ€ ์‹ ํ•™์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์ด๊ฒƒ์ด ์„œ์–‘์˜ ์Šค์ฝœ๋ผ ์ฒ ํ•™์„ ๋ฐ˜์˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์˜ค๋ฅ˜์— ๋น ์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ๋ณด์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ๋™์–‘ ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์„œ์–‘ ์‹ ํ•™ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋กฏ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์˜ ๊น”๋”ํ•œ ๋Œ€๋ฆฝ์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ด์ง€๋„ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค.
A similar polemical tendency is also evident in the work of Vladimir Lossky, who has perhaps done more than anybody else to explain Orthodox spirituality to a Western public. His Essai sur la thรฉologie mystique de lโ€™ร‰glise dโ€™Orient of 1944, translated into English in 1957, made the doctrine of deification widely known as the crowning achievement of Byzantine mystical theology. Deification is the final end of humankind, the fullness of mystical union with God, seen in terms of a participation in the divine and uncreated energies which can begin even in this life. Lossky draws a strong contrast between the dynamic theology (in the strict sense) of the East, as represented by the later Fathers and St Gregory Palamas, and the static theology of the West, as embodied in the writings of St Augustine and St Thomas Aquinas. His polemical tone has attracted adverse comment even from fellow Orthodox. โ€˜As a controversialist and apologistโ€™, John Meyendorff writes, โ€˜Vladimir Lossky was sometimes intransigent and harshโ€™ (Lossky i963: 5). The intransigence was not all one-way. At the time, Orthodox theology was often treated by Western writers in a hostile or patronizing manner, as the writings of Martin Jugie, for example, witness. Losskyโ€™s reaction is understandable: 'In the present state of dogmatic difference between East and West it is essential, if one wishes to study the mystical
์ด์™€ ๋น„์Šทํ•œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์  ๊ฒฝํ–ฅ์€ ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค(Vladimir Lossky)์˜ ์ €์„œ์—์„œ๋„ ๋šœ๋ ท์ด ๋“œ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ์•„๋งˆ๋„ ์„œ๊ตฌ ๋Œ€์ค‘์—๊ฒŒ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์˜์„ฑ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ๋ณด๋‹ค๋„ ๋” ๋งŽ์€ ์ผ์„ ํ–ˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. 1944๋…„์— ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ €์„œ Essai sur la thรฉologie mystique de l'ร‰glise d'Orient๋Š” 1957๋…„์— ์˜์–ด๋กœ ๋ฒˆ์—ญ๋˜์–ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์˜ ์ตœ๊ณ ์˜ ์—…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋„๋ฆฌ ์•Œ๋ ค์ง€๊ฒŒ ํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅžๅฎ‰)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฅ˜์˜ ์ตœ์ข…์ ์ธ ์ข…๋ง์ด๋ฉฐ, ์‹ ๊ณผ์˜ ์‹ ๋น„๋กœ์šด ์—ฐํ•ฉ์˜ ์ถฉ๋งŒํ•จ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ด์ƒ์—์„œ๋„ ์‹œ์ž‘๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์‹ ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ง„๋‹ค. ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค๋Š” ํ›„๋Œ€์˜ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค๊ณผ ์„ฑ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค๋กœ ๋Œ€ํ‘œ๋˜๋Š” ๋™๋ฐฉ์˜ (์—„๋ฐ€ํ•œ ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ์˜) ์—ญ๋™์  ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์„ฑ ์•„์šฐ๊ตฌ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค์™€ ์„ฑ ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์•„ํ€ด๋‚˜์Šค์˜ ์ €์ˆ ์— ๊ตฌ์ฒดํ™”๋œ ์„œ๋ฐฉ์˜ ์ •์ ์ธ ์‹ ํ•™ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๊ฐ•ํ•œ ๋Œ€์กฐ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฃฌ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ์˜ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ์–ด์กฐ๋Š” ๋™๋ฃŒ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์‹ ์ž๋“ค๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ๋„ ๋ถ€์ •์ ์ธ ํ‰๊ฐ€๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์•˜๋‹ค. ์กด ๋งˆ์ด์—”๋„๋ฅดํ”„(John Meyendorff)๋Š” "๋…ผ์Ÿ๊ฐ€์ด์ž ๋ณ€ํ˜ธ๋ก ์ž๋กœ์„œ, ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค๋Š” ๋•Œ๋•Œ๋กœ ๋น„ํƒ€ํ˜‘์ ์ด๊ณ  ๊ฐ€ํ˜นํ–ˆ๋‹ค"(Lossky i963: 5)๊ณ  ์ผ๋‹ค.๋น„ํƒ€ํ˜‘์ ์ธ ํƒœ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ผ๋ฐฉ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๋งŒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๋‹น์‹œ, ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์‹ ํ•™์€ ์„œ๊ตฌ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ข…์ข… ์ ๋Œ€์ ์ด๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์„ ์‹ฌ์„ฑ ํƒœ๋„๋กœ ์ทจ๊ธ‰๋˜์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด ๋งˆํ‹ด ์ฃผ๊ธฐ(Martin Jugie)์˜ ์ €์ˆ ์ด ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฆ๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‘์€ ์ดํ•ดํ•  ๋งŒํ•˜๋‹ค: "๋™์–‘๊ณผ ์„œ์–‘ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์  ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ˜„์žฌ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ๋งŒ์•ฝ ๋ˆ„๊ตฐ๊ฐ€๊ฐ€ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ์—ฐ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์›ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ํ•„์ˆ˜์ ์ด๋‹ค.

champions being โ€˜guilty of pushing a paradox into the realms of the nonsensicalโ€™ (1975: 52 ).
์˜นํ˜ธ์ž๋“ค์€ "๋ฌด์˜๋ฏธํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์˜ ์˜์—ญ์œผ๋กœ ์—ญ์„ค์„ ๋ฐ€์–ด ๋„ฃ๋Š” ์ฃ„"(1975: 52)๋ผ๊ณ  ๋งํ•œ๋‹ค.
Dreweryโ€™s hostility is partly to be explained by the fact that he was reacting against the confident and somewhat polemical accounts of deification put forward by three Orthodox writers, Myrrha Lot-Borodine, Vladimir Lossky, and Philip Sherrard. It was Lot-Borodine who first drew the attention of Western readers to the doctrineโ€™s centrality in the Eastern Orthodox tradition in a series of articles entitled โ€˜La doctrine de la โ€œdรฉificationโ€ dans lโ€™ร‰glise grecque jusquโ€™au XI c XI c XI^(c)\mathrm{XI}^{c} siรจcleโ€™ published in the Revue dโ€™bistoire des religions in 1932-3 and subsequently reissued with a preface by Cardinal Daniรฉlou in 1970. Daniรฉlou says that when he first read them, the articles had a profound effect on him: โ€˜They crystallized for me something for which I had been searching, a vision of man transfigured by the divine energiesโ€™ (Lot-Borodine 1970: 10). They were to exercise a powerful influence on his important work of 1944 on the mystical theology of Gregory of Nyssa. Lot-Borodineโ€™s articles, however, had appeared without a full scholarly apparatus. In Daniรฉlouโ€™s words, they abounded instead โ€˜with something more preciousโ€™, with a profound sense of the Byzantine spiritual tradition (Lot-Borodine 1970: 1 I). At the same time this Byzantine interpretation of the early Greek Fathers could be seen as a weakness. Even a sympathetic reader like Daniรฉlou could not accept an account of early patristic theology couched in the language of Gregory Palamas. This seemed to him to fall into an error mirroring that of Western scholasticism. Nor did he accept Lot-Borodineโ€™s neat opposition between Eastern and Western theology.
๋“œ๋ฃจ์–ด๋ฆฌ์˜ ์ ๋Œ€๊ฐ์€ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ์„ธ ๋ช…์˜ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค, ์ฆ‰ ๋ฏธ๋ผ ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜(Myrrha Lot-Borodine), ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค(Vladimir Lossky), ํ•„๋ฆฝ ์…ฐ๋ผ๋“œ(Philip Sherrard)๊ฐ€ ์ œ์‹œํ•œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ž์‹ ๊ฐ ์žˆ๊ณ  ๋‹ค์†Œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ์„ค๋ช…์— ๋ฐ˜๋ฐœํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์„ค๋ช…๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์€ 1932-3๋…„์— Revue d'bistoire des religions์— ์‹ค๋ ธ๊ณ , 1970๋…„์— ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ ์ถ”๊ธฐ๊ฒฝ์˜ ์„œ๋ฌธ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์žฌ๋ฐœํ–‰๋œ 'La doctrine de la "dรฉification" dans l'ร‰glise grecque jusqu'au XI c XI c XI^(c)\mathrm{XI}^{c} siรจcle'์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์ œ๋ชฉ์˜ ์ผ๋ จ์˜ ๊ธ€์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋™๋ฐฉ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ์ด ๊ต๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์ ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹ค์— ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์„œ๊ตฌ ๋…์ž๋“ค์˜ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๋Œ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ(Daniรฉlou)๋Š” ๊ทธ ๊ธฐ์‚ฌ๋“ค์„ ์ฒ˜์Œ ์ฝ์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ ์ž์‹ ์—๊ฒŒ ๊นŠ์€ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์ณค๋‹ค๊ณ  ๋งํ•œ๋‹ค: "๊ทธ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์€ ๋‚ด๊ฐ€ ์ฐพ๊ณ  ์žˆ๋˜ ์–ด๋–ค ๊ฒƒ, ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ๋น„์ „์„ ๊ตฌ์ฒดํ™”์‹œ์ผฐ๋‹ค"(Lot-Borodine 1970: 10). ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ 1944๋…„ ๋‹ˆ์‚ฌ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์ €์ž‘์— ๊ฐ•๋ ฅํ•œ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์น˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋กœํŠธ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์˜ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์€ ์™„์ „ํ•œ ํ•™์ˆ ์  ์žฅ์น˜ ์—†์ด ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ์˜ ๋ง์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์ •์‹  ์ „ํ†ต์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊นŠ์€ ๊ฐ๊ฐ๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ '๋” ์†Œ์ค‘ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ'์œผ๋กœ ๋„˜์ณ๋‚ฌ๋‹ค(Lot-Borodine 1970: 1 I). ๋™์‹œ์— ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด์˜ ํ•ด์„์€ ์•ฝ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋™์ •์‹ฌ ๋งŽ์€ ๋…์ž์กฐ์ฐจ๋„ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋œ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ๊ต๋ถ€ ์‹ ํ•™์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์—†์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์ด๊ฒƒ์ด ์„œ์–‘์˜ ์Šค์ฝœ๋ผ ์ฒ ํ•™์„ ๋ฐ˜์˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์˜ค๋ฅ˜์— ๋น ์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ๋ณด์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ๋™์–‘ ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์„œ์–‘ ์‹ ํ•™ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋กฏ-๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜์˜ ๊น”๋”ํ•œ ๋Œ€๋ฆฝ์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ด์ง€๋„ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค.
A similar polemical tendency is also evident in the work of Vladimir Lossky, who has perhaps done more than anybody else to explain Orthodox spirituality to a Western public. His Essai sur la thรฉologie mystique de lโ€™ร‰glise dโ€™Orient of 1944, translated into English in 1957, made the doctrine of deification widely known as the crowning achievement of Byzantine mystical theology. Deification is the final end of humankind, the fullness of mystical union with God, seen in terms of a participation in the divine and uncreated energies which can begin even in this life. Lossky draws a strong contrast between the dynamic theology (in the strict sense) of the East, as represented by the later Fathers and St Gregory Palamas, and the static theology of the West, as embodied in the writings of St Augustine and St Thomas Aquinas. His polemical tone has attracted adverse comment even from fellow Orthodox. โ€˜As a controversialist and apologistโ€™, John Meyendorff writes, โ€˜Vladimir Lossky was sometimes intransigent and harshโ€™ (Lossky 1963: 5). The intransigence was not all one-way. At the time, Orthodox theology was often treated by Western writers in a hostile or patronizing manner, as the writings of Martin Jugie, for example, witness. Losskyโ€™s reaction is understandable: 'In the present state of dogmatic difference between East and West it is essential, if one wishes to study the mystical
์ด์™€ ๋น„์Šทํ•œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์  ๊ฒฝํ–ฅ์€ ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค(Vladimir Lossky)์˜ ์ €์„œ์—์„œ๋„ ๋šœ๋ ท์ด ๋“œ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ์•„๋งˆ๋„ ์„œ๊ตฌ ๋Œ€์ค‘์—๊ฒŒ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์˜์„ฑ์„ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ๋ณด๋‹ค๋„ ๋” ๋งŽ์€ ์ผ์„ ํ–ˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. 1944๋…„์— ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ €์„œ Essai sur la thรฉologie mystique de l'ร‰glise d'Orient๋Š” 1957๋…„์— ์˜์–ด๋กœ ๋ฒˆ์—ญ๋˜์–ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์˜ ์ตœ๊ณ ์˜ ์—…์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋„๋ฆฌ ์•Œ๋ ค์ง€๊ฒŒ ํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅžๅฎ‰)๋Š” ์ธ๋ฅ˜์˜ ์ตœ์ข…์ ์ธ ์ข…๋ง์ด๋ฉฐ, ์‹ ๊ณผ์˜ ์‹ ๋น„๋กœ์šด ์—ฐํ•ฉ์˜ ์ถฉ๋งŒํ•จ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ด์ƒ์—์„œ๋„ ์‹œ์ž‘๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์‹ ์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ  ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ง„๋‹ค. ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค๋Š” ํ›„๋Œ€์˜ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค๊ณผ ์„ฑ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค๋กœ ๋Œ€ํ‘œ๋˜๋Š” ๋™๋ฐฉ์˜ (์—„๋ฐ€ํ•œ ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ์˜) ์—ญ๋™์  ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์„ฑ ์•„์šฐ๊ตฌ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค์™€ ์„ฑ ํ† ๋งˆ์Šค ์•„ํ€ด๋‚˜์Šค์˜ ์ €์ˆ ์— ๊ตฌ์ฒดํ™”๋œ ์„œ๋ฐฉ์˜ ์ •์ ์ธ ์‹ ํ•™ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ๊ฐ•ํ•œ ๋Œ€์กฐ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฃฌ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ์˜ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ์–ด์กฐ๋Š” ๋™๋ฃŒ ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์‹ ์ž๋“ค๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ๋„ ๋ถ€์ •์ ์ธ ํ‰๊ฐ€๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์•˜๋‹ค. ์กด ๋ฉ”์ด์—”๋„๋ฅดํ”„(John Meyendorff)๋Š” "๋…ผ์Ÿ๊ฐ€์ด์ž ๋ณ€์ฆ๊ฐ€๋กœ์„œ, ๋ธ”๋ผ๋””๋ฏธ๋ฅด ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค๋Š” ๋•Œ๋•Œ๋กœ ๋น„ํƒ€ํ˜‘์ ์ด๊ณ  ๊ฐ€ํ˜นํ–ˆ๋‹ค"๊ณ  ์ผ๋‹ค(Lossky 1963: 5). ๋น„ํƒ€ํ˜‘์ ์ธ ํƒœ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ผ๋ฐฉ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๋งŒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๋‹น์‹œ, ์ •๊ตํšŒ ์‹ ํ•™์€ ์„œ๊ตฌ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ข…์ข… ์ ๋Œ€์ ์ด๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์„ ์‹ฌ์„ฑ ํƒœ๋„๋กœ ์ทจ๊ธ‰๋˜์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด ๋งˆํ‹ด ์ฃผ๊ธฐ(Martin Jugie)์˜ ์ €์ˆ ์ด ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฆ๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค์˜ ๋ฐ˜์‘์€ ์ดํ•ดํ•  ๋งŒํ•˜๋‹ค: "๋™์–‘๊ณผ ์„œ์–‘ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์  ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ˜„์žฌ์˜ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ๋งŒ์•ฝ ๋ˆ„๊ตฐ๊ฐ€๊ฐ€ ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ์—ฐ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์›ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ํ•„์ˆ˜์ ์ด๋‹ค.

theology of the Eastern Church, to choose between two possible standpoints. Either, to place oneself on western dogmatic ground and to examine the eastern tradition across that of the West - that is, by way of criticism or else to present that tradition in the light of the dogmatic attitude of the Eastern Church. โ€˜This latter course is for us the only possible oneโ€™ (Lossky 1957: 12).
๋™๋ฐฉ ๊ตํšŒ์˜ ์‹ ํ•™์€ ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๊ด€์  ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์„ ํƒํ•œ๋‹ค. ์„œ๊ตฌ์˜ ๊ต์˜์  ์ง€๋ฐ˜์— ์ž์‹ ์„ ์œ„์น˜์‹œํ‚ค๊ณ  ์„œ๊ตฌ์˜ ์ „ํ†ต์„ ๊ฐ€๋กœ์งˆ๋Ÿฌ ๋™์–‘์˜ ์ „ํ†ต์„ ๊ฒ€ํ† ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ, ์ฆ‰ ๋น„ํŒ์˜ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ ๋˜๋Š” ๋™๋ฐฉ ๊ตํšŒ์˜ ๊ต์˜์  ํƒœ๋„์— ๋น„์ถ”์–ด ๊ทธ ์ „ํ†ต์„ ์ œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. "์ด ํ›„์ž์˜ ๊ธธ์€ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ์—๊ฒŒ ์œ ์ผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๊ธธ์ด๋‹ค"(Lossky 1957: 12).
Philip Sherrardโ€™s influential study, The Greek. East and the Latin West (1959, 2nd edn 1992) also deemed Losskyโ€™s course the only possible one. Disenchanted with Western attitudes-โ€˜the spiritual dereliction, not to say slump into systematic barbarity, of the modern western worldโ€™ (i992: v) Sherrard came to Orthodoxy in later life. Convinced that Christianity is a โ€˜Way of salvationโ€™, not a system of thought, he presents the Greek theological tradition from a soteriological perspective in which manโ€™s conscious participation in the divine โ€˜realizesโ€™ his own spiritual principle with consequences for all creation (Sherrard 1992: 43-4). As with Lossky and LotBorodine, the patristic doctrine of deification is viewed from a Palamite perspective with a strong colouring, in Sherrardโ€™s case, of Christian Platonism. 7 7 ^(7){ }^{7}
ํ•„๋ฆฝ ์…ฐ๋ผ๋“œ(Philip Sherrard)์˜ ์˜ํ–ฅ๋ ฅ ์žˆ๋Š” ์—ฐ๊ตฌ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค์–ด. East and the Latin West (1959, 2nd edn 1992) ์—ญ์‹œ Lossky์˜ ๋…ธ์„ ์ด ์œ ์ผํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋…ธ์„ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ๊ฐ„์ฃผํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์„œ๊ตฌ์˜ ํƒœ๋„, ์ฆ‰ 'ํ˜„๋Œ€ ์„œ๊ตฌ ์„ธ๊ณ„์˜ ์ฒด๊ณ„์ ์ธ ์•ผ๋งŒ์„ฑ์— ๋น ์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋งํ•  ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์—†๊ณ , ์ •์‹ ์  ํƒ€๋ฝ'(i992: v)์— ํ™˜๋ฉธ์„ ๋А๋‚€ ์…ฐ๋ผ๋“œ๋Š” ๋ง๋…„์— ์ •๊ตํšŒ๋กœ ๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ”๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์ƒ ์ฒด๊ณ„๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ '๊ตฌ์›์˜ ๊ธธ'์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ™•์‹ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ทธ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ์‹ ํ•™ ์ „ํ†ต์„ ๊ตฌ์›๋ก ์  ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ์ œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š”๋ฐ, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์€ ์‹ ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์˜์‹์ ์ธ ์ฐธ์—ฌ๊ฐ€ ๋ชจ๋“  ํ”ผ์กฐ๋ฌผ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜๋ฐ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์ž์‹ ์˜ ์˜์  ์›๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ '์‹คํ˜„'ํ•œ๋‹ค(Sherrard 1992: 43-4). ๋กœ์Šคํ‚ค(Lossky)์™€ ๋กœํŠธ๋ณด๋กœ๋”˜(LotBorodine)์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ๊ต๋ถ€์ฃผ์˜์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™” ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋Š” ํŒ”๋ผ๋ฏธํŒŒ์˜ ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ๋ณด์ด๋ฉฐ, ์…ฐ๋ผ๋“œ์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ฃผ์˜(Christian Platonism)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ ๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค. 7 7 ^(7){ }^{7}
In the meantime, the investigation of the doctrine of deification according to modern notions of impartial scientific study was advancing steadily. The first tentative survey was a brief general account by V. Ermoni, published in French in 1897. A much more thorough treatment in Russian by I. V. Popov appeared in i906, but had little impact outside the Russianspeaking world. An ambitious attempt to cover the same ground in German was begun by Louis Baur in 1916. In the difficult conditions prevailing in Germany after the First World War, however, his monograph remained unfinished. There were only two further articles of a general nature by O. Faller (1925) and M.-J. Congar (1935), the latter responding to Lot-Borodine, before Jules Gross published his landmark study in 1938 . 8 1938 . 8 1938.^(8)1938 .{ }^{8}
ํ•œํŽธ, ๊ณต์ •ํ•œ ๊ณผํ•™์  ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋ผ๋Š” ํ˜„๋Œ€์  ๊ฐœ๋…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–) ๊ต๋ฆฌ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋Š” ๊พธ์ค€ํžˆ ์ง„ํ–‰๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์ฒซ ๋ฒˆ์งธ ์ž ์ •์ ์ธ ์กฐ์‚ฌ๋Š” 1897๋…„์— ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค์–ด๋กœ ์ถœํŒ๋œ V. Ermoni์˜ ๊ฐ„๋žตํ•œ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ์„ค๋ช…์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. I. V. ํฌํฌํ”„(I. V. Popov)์— ์˜ํ•œ ํ›จ์”ฌ ๋” ์ฒ ์ €ํ•œ ๋Ÿฌ์‹œ์•„์–ด ์น˜๋ฃŒ๊ฐ€ i906์— ๋‚˜์™”์ง€๋งŒ, ๋Ÿฌ์‹œ์•„์–ด๊ถŒ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ฑฐ์˜ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์น˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ–ˆ๋‹ค. 1916๋…„ ๋ฃจ์ด ๋ฐ”์šฐ์–ด(Louis Baur)์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋…์ผ์–ด๋กœ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ง€์—ญ์„ ์ปค๋ฒ„ํ•˜๋ ค๋Š” ์•ผ์‹ฌ์ฐฌ ์‹œ๋„๊ฐ€ ์‹œ์ž‘๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ œ1์ฐจ ์„ธ๊ณ„๋Œ€์ „ ์ดํ›„ ๋…์ผ์˜ ์–ด๋ ค์šด ์ƒํ™ฉ ์†์—์„œ๋„ ๊ทธ์˜ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์€ ๋ฏธ์™„์„ฑ์œผ๋กœ ๋‚จ์•˜๋‹ค. O. Faller(1925)์™€ M.-J.์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ์„ฑ๊ฒฉ์˜ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์ด ๋” ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋‘ ๊ฐœ๋ฟ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. Congar (1935), ํ›„์ž๋Š” Jules Gross๊ฐ€ ๊ทธ์˜ ํš๊ธฐ์ ์ธ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐœํ‘œํ•˜๊ธฐ ์ „์— Lot-Borodine์— ์‘๋‹ตํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. 1938 . 8 1938 . 8 1938.^(8)1938 .{ }^{8}
Gross set out to answer Harnack. He denied that deification was an importation from Hellenism, claiming instead that it was a biblical idea in Greek dress, the equivalent of the Western doctrine of sanctifying grace (1938: vi). Inspired by Leipoldt (1923) and Faller (1925), he saw the doctrine of deification fundamentally as the re-expression by the Greek Fathers in the language of their own culture of two themes already present in the New Testament, namely, the Pauline teaching on mystical incorporation into
๊ทธ๋กœ์Šค๋Š” ํ•˜๋ฅด๋‚™์—๊ฒŒ ๋Œ€๋‹ตํ•˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๊ฐ€ ํ—ฌ๋ ˆ๋‹ˆ์ฆ˜์—์„œ ์ˆ˜์ž…๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ถ€์ธํ•˜๊ณ , ๋Œ€์‹  ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ์˜๋ณต์„ ์ž…์€ ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์  ๊ฐœ๋…์ด๋ฉฐ, ๊ฑฐ๋ฃฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ํ•˜๋Š” ์€ํ˜œ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์„œ์–‘์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์™€ ๋™์ผํ•˜๋‹ค๊ณ  ์ฃผ์žฅํ–ˆ๋‹ค(1938: vi). Leipoldt (1923)์™€ Faller (1925)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์˜๊ฐ์„ ์–ป์€ ๊ทธ๋Š” ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์‹ ํ™”์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์‹ ์•ฝ ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์— ์ด๋ฏธ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ฃผ์ œ, ์ฆ‰ ์‹ ๋น„์  ํ†ตํ•ฉ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ฐ”์šธ์˜ ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์„ ๊ทธ๋“ค ์ž์‹ ์˜ ๋ฌธํ™”์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ์žฌ ํ‘œํ˜„ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
Christ, and the Johannine idea of the incarnate Logos as the source of divine life (1938: 105-6). To prove his thesis, Gross first examines the analogues to deification in contemporary pagan culture, then discusses the beginnings of deification in the Old and New Testaments, and finally reviews the entire Greek patristic tradition from the Apologists to John Damascene. The results are impressive. For the first time all the evidence is examined in great detail, and a wealth of material adduced to prove the ubiquity of the doctrine of deification, particularly in writers of the Alexandrian tradition. But there are a number of weaknesses. First, Gross does not study the vocabulary. He treats deification as a concept that is embodied in different writers as it is transmitted from one generation to another, without looking closely at the terminology that was developed to express it. Secondly, he does not examine the questions to which the patristic discussions of deification were the answers. The doctrine is presented simply as it appears from time to time in various Fathers. Thirdly, although the different aspects of deification are not ignored, he focuses perhaps too strongly on incorruptibility and immortality: 'All the Greek doctors insist that to participate in the divine nature is to participate in incorruptibility. In effect they often identify the terms โ€œto deifyโ€ and โ€œto immortalizeโ€, (1938: 350). Close attention to the context of patristic discussions of deification suggests a broader range of meanings.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ํ•˜์‹  ๋กœ๊ณ ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์ƒ๋ช…์˜ ์›์ฒœ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์š”ํ•œ์˜ ์ƒ๊ฐ(1938: 105-6). ๊ทธ์˜ ๋…ผ์ง€๋ฅผ ์ฆ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด, ๊ทธ๋กœ์Šค๋Š” ๋จผ์ € ํ˜„๋Œ€ ์ด๊ต ๋ฌธํ™”์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์œ ์‚ฌ์ ์„ ๊ฒ€ํ† ํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ตฌ์•ฝ๊ณผ ์‹ ์•ฝ์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘์„ ๋…ผ์˜ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰์œผ๋กœ ํ˜ธ๊ต๋ก ์ž์—์„œ ์กด ๋‹ค๋งˆ์Šค์ฟ ์Šค์— ์ด๋ฅด๊ธฐ๊นŒ์ง€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ต๋ถ€ ์ „ํ†ต ์ „์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€ํ† ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋Š” ์ธ์ƒ์ ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ๋ชจ๋“  ์ฆ๊ฑฐ๊ฐ€ ๋งค์šฐ ์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์กฐ์‚ฌ๋˜์—ˆ๊ณ , ํŠนํžˆ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์ „ํ†ต์˜ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™” ๊ต๋ฆฌ์˜ ํŽธ์žฌ์„ฑ์„ ์ฆ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ํ’๋ถ€ํ•œ ์ž๋ฃŒ๊ฐ€ ์ œ์‹œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์•ฝ์ ์ด ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ฒซ์งธ, ๊ทธ๋กœ์Šค๋Š” ์–ดํœ˜๋ฅผ ์—ฐ๊ตฌํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ฅผ ํ•œ ์„ธ๋Œ€์—์„œ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์„ธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์ „๋‹ฌ๋จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ž‘๊ฐ€๋“ค์— ์˜ํ•ด ๊ตฌํ˜„๋œ ๊ฐœ๋…์œผ๋กœ ์ทจ๊ธ‰ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ํ‘œํ˜„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ๋œ ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ๋ฉด๋ฐ€ํžˆ ์‚ดํŽด๋ณด์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ๋‘˜์งธ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ต๋ถ€์ฃผ์˜์  ๋…ผ์˜๊ฐ€ ํ•ด๋‹ต์ด ๋˜์—ˆ๋˜ ์งˆ๋ฌธ๋“ค์„ ๊ฒ€ํ† ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ์ด ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค ์•ˆ์—์„œ ๋•Œ๋•Œ๋กœ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚˜๋Š” ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ๋‹จ์ˆœํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ œ์‹œ๋œ๋‹ค. ์…‹์งธ, ๋น„๋ก ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์ธก๋ฉด๋“ค์ด ๋ฌด์‹œ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ์—๋„ ๋ถˆ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ , ๊ทธ๋Š” ์•„๋งˆ๋„ ์ฉ์ง€ ์•Š์Œ๊ณผ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์„ฑ์— ๋„ˆ๋ฌด ๊ฐ•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ดˆ์ ์„ ๋งž์ถ”๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค: "๋ชจ๋“  ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ์˜์‚ฌ๋“ค์€ ์‹ ์˜ ๋ณธ์„ฑ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ฉ์ง€ ์•Š์Œ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ์ฃผ์žฅํ•œ๋‹ค. ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ์ข…์ข… "์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”ํ•˜๋‹ค"์™€ "๋ถˆ๋ฉธํ™”ํ•˜๋‹ค"๋ผ๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ๋™์ผ์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค(1938: 350). ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ต๋ถ€์ฃผ์˜์  ๋…ผ์˜์˜ ๋งฅ๋ฝ์— ์„ธ์‹ฌํ•œ ์ฃผ์˜๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์šธ์ด๋ฉด ๋” ๋„“์€ ๋ฒ”์œ„์˜ ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ์•”์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.
A brief response to Gross by A.-J. Festugiรจre was published in 1939. After the war, however, the emphasis changed. Two remarkable studies, one of Maximus the Confessor by Hans Urs von Balthasar (1941), the other the study of Gregory of Nyssa by Jean Daniรฉlou already mentioned (1944), inspired deeper investigation of the spiritual teaching of individual Fathers. Walther Vรถlker, after his monograph on the ideal of human perfection in Origen of 1931, resumed his work with a series of important studies of Greek spiritual writers from the second to the fourteenth century. 9 9 ^(9){ }^{9} Subsequently there have been a number of significant monographs specifically on the doctrine of deification in Gregory of Nazianzus (Winslow 1979), Athanasius of Alexandria (Norman 1980), Irenaeus of Lyons (de Andia 1986), Maximus the Confessor (Larchet 1996), and Cyril of Alexandria (Keating 2004). The findings of these studies have not yet been incorporated into an overview. The last general surveys of deification were undertaken in the early 1950S, the fruits of which were I.-H. Dalmaisโ€™ expert summary, which appeared in the third volume of the Dictionnaire de Spiritualitรฉ (1954-7), and A. Theodorouโ€™s fine dissertation, arranged on a systematic rather than a historical basis, which was published in Athens in 1956. While these remain
A.-J.์˜ Gross์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ„๋žตํ•œ ๋‹ต๋ณ€. Festugiรจre๋Š” 1939 ๋…„์— ์ถœํŒ๋˜์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์ „์Ÿ์ด ๋๋‚˜๊ณ  ๋‚˜์„œ ์ฃผ์•ˆ์ ์ด ๋ฐ”๋€Œ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ฃผ๋ชฉํ•  ๋งŒํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ, ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” ํ•œ์Šค ์šฐ๋ฅด์Šค ํฐ ๋ฐœํƒ€์‚ฌ๋ฅด(Hans Urs von Balthasar)์˜ ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค(Maximus the Confessor, 1941)์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ์ด๊ณ , ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋Š” ์ด๋ฏธ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ์žฅ ๋‹ค๋‹ˆ์—˜๋ฃจ(Jean Daniรฉlou)์˜ ๋‹ˆ์‚ฌ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค(Gregory of Nyssa)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ(1944)์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋กœ, ๊ฐœ๋ณ„ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์˜ ์˜์  ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋” ๊นŠ์€ ํƒ๊ตฌ์— ์˜๊ฐ์„ ์ฃผ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฐœํ„ฐ ๋ต์ปค(Walther Vรถlker)๋Š” 1931๋…„ ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ(Origen)์—์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„ ์™„์„ฑ์˜ ์ด์ƒ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์„ ์“ด ํ›„, 2์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ 14์„ธ๊ธฐ๊นŒ์ง€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค์˜ ์˜์  ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ผ๋ จ์˜ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋กœ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ž‘์—…์„ ์žฌ๊ฐœํ–ˆ๋‹ค. 9 9 ^(9){ }^{9} ๊ทธ ํ›„ ๋‚˜์ง€์•ˆ์ฃผ์Šค์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค(Gregory of Nazianzus, Winslow 1979), ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค(Athanasius of Alexandria, Norman 1980), ๋ฆฌ์˜น์˜ ์ด๋ ˆ๋‚˜์ด์šฐ์Šค(Irenaeus of Lyons, de Andia 1986), ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค(Maximus the Confessor, Larchet 1996), ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ์‹œ๋ฆด(Cyril of Alexandria, Keating 2004) ๋“ฑ์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๋งŽ์€ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์ด ๋ฐœํ‘œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ์˜ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋Š” ์•„์ง ๊ฐœ์š”์— ํ†ตํ•ฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ์กฐ์‚ฌ๋Š” 1950๋…„๋Œ€ ์ดˆ์— ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์กŒ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ์‹ค์€ I.-H์˜€๋‹ค. Dictionnaire de Spiritualitรฉ ์ œ3๊ถŒ(1954-7)์— ์‹ค๋ฆฐ ๋‹ฌ๋งˆ์ด์Šค์˜ ์ „๋ฌธ๊ฐ€ ์š”์•ฝ๊ณผ A. ํ…Œ์˜ค๋„๋ฃจ์˜ ํ›Œ๋ฅญํ•œ ๋…ผ๋ฌธ์€ 1956๋…„ ์•„ํ…Œ๋„ค์—์„œ ์ถœํŒ๋œ ์—ญ์‚ฌ์  ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ์ฒด๊ณ„์ ์ธ ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ •๋ฆฌ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๊ฒƒ๋“ค์ด ๋‚จ์•„ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ
very useful, there is a need for a new evaluation of deification in the light of later research.
๋งค์šฐ ์œ ์šฉํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ดํ›„์˜ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ์— ๋น„์ถ”์–ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ํ‰๊ฐ€๊ฐ€ ํ•„์š”ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

3. Scope and Method
3. ๋ฒ”์œ„ ๋ฐ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•

The section Eric Osborn devotes to deification in his book, The Beginning of Christian Philosophy (1981: 111-20) is one of the liveliest of the more recent contributions to the debate. Osborn stresses the importance of method in any discussion of deification, the available methods he lists being the cultural, the polemical, the doxographical, and the problematic. The cultural method presents deification as an integral part of the Eastern Christian ethos, treating it as the expression of a homogeneous tradition with each patristic author adding his stone to the edifice. The polemical method attacks it as wrong from the standpoint that truth is univocal and any proposition which does not accord with that truth (which is to be found in oneโ€™s own tradition) must be erroneous. The doxographer simply collects the opinions of each writer. The problematic method seeks to identify the problems to which deification was the solution. Osborn considers this the only method which, with the help of the cultural and doxographical approaches, can really shed much light on deification. Indeed, โ€˜it is a waste of time writing on deification unless some attempt is made to elucidate the problemโ€™ (Osborn 1981: II 3).
์—๋ฆญ ์˜ค์Šค๋ณธ(Eric Osborn)์ด ๊ทธ์˜ ์ €์„œ ใ€Ž๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ฒ ํ•™์˜ ์‹œ์ž‘(The Beginning of Christian Philosophy)ใ€(1981: 111-20)์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๋‹ค๋ฃฌ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์€ ์ด ๋…ผ์Ÿ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ตœ๊ทผ์˜ ๊ณตํ—Œ ์ค‘ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํ™œ๋ฐœํ•œ ๊ธ€ ์ค‘ ํ•˜๋‚˜์ด๋‹ค. ์˜ค์Šค๋ณธ์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ชจ๋“  ๋…ผ์˜์—์„œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์˜ ์ค‘์š”์„ฑ์„ ๊ฐ•์กฐํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ๋‚˜์—ดํ•˜๋Š” ์‚ฌ์šฉ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ฌธํ™”์ , ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ , ์‹ ํ•™์ , ๋ฌธ์ œ์  ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด๋‹ค. ๋ฌธํ™”์  ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ฅผ ๋™์–‘ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ •์‹ ์˜ ํ•„์ˆ˜์ ์ธ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ์ œ์‹œํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ฐ ๊ต๋ถ€ ์ €์ž๊ฐ€ ์ž์‹ ์˜ ๋Œ์„ ๊ฑด๋ฌผ์— ์ถ”๊ฐ€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋™์งˆ์ ์ธ ์ „ํ†ต์˜ ํ‘œํ˜„์œผ๋กœ ์ทจ๊ธ‰ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋…ผ์Ÿ์ ์ธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ง„๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๋‹จ์ผํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ์ง„๋ฆฌ์™€ ์ผ์น˜ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๋ชจ๋“  ๋ช…์ œ(๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ž์‹ ์˜ ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ๋ฐœ๊ฒฌ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค)๋Š” ์˜ค๋ฅ˜์ž„์— ํ‹€๋ฆผ์—†๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ์ž˜๋ชป๋œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๊ณต๊ฒฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ์‹ ์ƒ ํ„ธ๊ธฐ ์ž‘์„ฑ์ž๋Š” ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ๊ฐ ์ž‘์„ฑ์ž์˜ ์˜๊ฒฌ์„ ์ˆ˜์ง‘ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๊ฐ€ ํ•ด๊ฒฐ์ฑ…์ธ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๋ ค๊ณ  ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ค์Šค๋ณธ์€ ์ด๊ฒƒ์ด ๋ฌธํ™”์ , ์‹ ์†Œํ•™์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์˜ ๋„์›€์œผ๋กœ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๋งŽ์€ ๋น›์„ ๋น„์ถœ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์œ ์ผํ•œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ฐํ•œ๋‹ค. ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ, "๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๋ช…ํ•˜๋ ค๋Š” ์–ด๋–ค ์‹œ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ํ•œ, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๊ด€ํ•ด ๊ธ€์„ ์“ฐ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ๋‚ญ๋น„์ด๋‹ค"(Osborn 1981: II 3).
Osborn identifies an important but previously neglected aspect of deification. A problematic approach investigates the questions that arose from the need to demonstrate the rational coherence of the faith of the New Testament in language which had to take cognizance of Greek categories of thought. An early difficulty arose from the very notion of immortality. If immortality was a fundamental divine attribute-which no one disputed-in what sense did believers attain it without blurring the distinction between themselves and God? In this connection Psalm 82: 6, โ€˜I said, you are gods and all of you sons of the Most Highโ€™, needed to be reconciled with the biblical insistence on the transcendence of God. As solutions were suggested, these in turn gave rise to new problems. For example, after Athanasiusโ€™ successful struggle against Arianism, Origenโ€™s account of how the soul ascended to God was no longer acceptable in its original form. The problem now became one of reconciling the ascent of the soul and its attainment of likeness to God with the profound gulf which was perceived to exist between the โ€˜geneticโ€™ and โ€˜ageneticโ€™ orders of reality.
์˜ค์Šค๋ณธ์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์ค‘์š”ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์ด์ „์— ์†Œํ™€ํžˆ ํ–ˆ๋˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ํ™•์ธํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌธ์ œ์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค์–ด์˜ ์‚ฌ๊ณ  ๋ฒ”์ฃผ๋ฅผ ์ธ์‹ํ•ด์•ผ ํ•˜๋Š” ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ๋œ ์‹ ์•ฝ ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์˜ ์‹ ์•™์˜ ํ•ฉ๋ฆฌ์  ์ผ๊ด€์„ฑ์„ ์ž…์ฆํ•ด์•ผ ํ•  ํ•„์š”์„ฑ์—์„œ ์ œ๊ธฐ๋œ ์งˆ๋ฌธ์„ ์กฐ์‚ฌํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ดˆ๊ธฐ์—๋Š” ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๊ฐœ๋… ์ž์ฒด์—์„œ ์–ด๋ ค์›€์ด ์ƒ๊ฒจ๋‚ฌ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋งŒ์•ฝ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์ด ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์ธ ์‹ ์  ์†์„ฑ์ด๋ผ๋ฉด, ์•„๋ฌด๋„ ์ด์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์ด์˜๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ธฐํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๋Š”๋ฐ, ์‹ ์ž๋“ค์€ ์–ด๋–ค ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ ๊ทธ๋“ค ์ž์‹ ๊ณผ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„์„ ํ๋ฆฌ๊ฒŒ ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์œผ๋ฉด์„œ ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ์„ฑ์ทจํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋Š”๊ฐ€? ์ด์™€ ๊ด€๋ จํ•˜์—ฌ, ์‹œํŽธ 82ํŽธ 6์ ˆ, '๋‚ด๊ฐ€ ์ด๋ฅด๋˜ ๋„ˆํฌ๋Š” ๋ชจ๋‘ ์‹ ์ด๋‹ˆ ๋‹ค ์ง€๊ทนํžˆ ๋†’์œผ์‹  ์ด์˜ ์•„๋“ค๋“ค์ด๋‹ˆ๋ผ'๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ์ดˆ์›”์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์˜ ์ฃผ์žฅ๊ณผ ์กฐํ™”๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฃฐ ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ํ•ด๊ฒฐ์ฑ…์ด ์ œ์•ˆ๋จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์€ ๋‹ค์‹œ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ์•ผ๊ธฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์•„๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์ฃผ์˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•ญํ•œ ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ์„ฑ๊ณต์ ์ธ ํˆฌ์Ÿ ์ดํ›„, ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ”๋Š”์ง€์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒŒ๋„ค์Šค์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์€ ๋” ์ด์ƒ ์›๋ž˜์˜ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์—ฌ์ง€์ง€ ์•Š์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด์ œ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋Š” ์˜ํ˜ผ์˜ ์ƒ์Šน๊ณผ ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์„ ๋‹ฎ์•„๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์‹ค์žฌ์˜ '์œ ์ „์ ' ์งˆ์„œ์™€ '๋ฌด์œ ์ „์ ' ์งˆ์„œ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ์ธ์‹๋˜๋Š” ์‹ฌ์˜คํ•œ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ๊ณผ ์กฐํ™”์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.
Another difficulty arose from the doctrine of the Incarnation. Many Fathers, particularly of the Alexandrian tradition, considered the concepts of the Incarnation of God and the deification of man to be correlative to one another. The opponents of Arianism could therefore use the doctrine of
๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์–ด๋ ค์›€์€ ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ์˜ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์—์„œ ๋ฐœ์ƒํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๋งŽ์€ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค, ํŠนํžˆ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์ „ํ†ต์˜ ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์€ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ๊ฐ•์ƒ๊ณผ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๊ฐœ๋…์ด ์„œ๋กœ ์ƒ๊ด€๊ด€๊ณ„๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋‹ค๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ฐํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฏ€๋กœ ์•„๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์ฃผ์˜์˜ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€์ž๋“ค์€ ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.

deification as an argument for the fully divine nature of Christ: human beings could be deified only if Christ was indeed God. As has often been pointed out, soteriological concerns lay behind the christological disputes of the fourth century and later. If salvation was seen in terms of an interpenetration of the human and the divine, christological doctrine needed to reflect this. Conversely, the development of christology had implications for the development of the doctrine of deification.
๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ์™„์ „ํ•œ ์‹ ์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋…ผ์ฆ์œผ๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์‹ ํ™”: ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ฐ€ ์ฐธ์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์ผ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋งŒ ์ธ๊ฐ„์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ข…์ข… ์ง€์ ๋˜์–ด ์™”๋“ฏ์ด, ๊ตฌ์›๋ก ์  ๊ด€์‹ฌ์€ 4์„ธ๊ธฐ์™€ ๊ทธ ์ดํ›„์˜ ๊ธฐ๋…๋ก ์  ๋…ผ์Ÿ์˜ ๋ฐฐํ›„์— ๋†“์—ฌ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋งŒ์ผ ๊ตฌ์›์ด ์ธ๊ฐ„์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ์‹ ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์˜ ์ƒํ˜ธ ์นจํˆฌ๋ผ๋Š” ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ๋ณด์•„์ง„๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ก ์  ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์ด๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐ˜์˜ํ•  ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋กœ, ๊ธฐ๋…๋ก ์˜ ๋ฐœ์ „์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™” ๊ต๋ฆฌ์˜ ๋ฐœ์ „์— ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์ณค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
The problematic approach, however, is not exhaustive, because deification is more than a conceptual term, the fruit simply of intellectual analysis. As a widely accepted metaphor, it had become part of tradition and had somehow to be accommodated in theological discourse. Even a writer such as Augustine, whose cast of mind was different from that of his Greek contemporaries, accepted their exegesis of Psalm 82: 6, with its sacramental implications. The Fathers were much more aware than we are today of the unity of theology and spirituality, and also of the unity of divine revelation. According to the Alexandrian exegetical tradition, the whole of Scripture at its deepest level is about the mystery of Christ-both the Old and New Testaments in their entirety, not just the New with the Messianic prophecies of the Old. All of Scripture concerns the divine economy, and in ways not immediately obvious.
๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋ฌธ์ œ์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์€ ์ฒ ์ €ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€๋ฐ, ์™œ๋ƒํ•˜๋ฉด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ๊ฐœ๋…์  ์šฉ์–ด ์ด์ƒ์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ์ง€์  ๋ถ„์„์˜ ์—ด๋งค์ด๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. ๋„๋ฆฌ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์—ฌ์ง€๋Š” ์€์œ ๋กœ์„œ, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ „ํ†ต์˜ ์ผ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๊ณ , ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ๋“  ์‹ ํ•™์  ๋‹ด๋ก ์— ์ˆ˜์šฉ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์•„์šฐ๊ตฌ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ž‘๊ฐ€์กฐ์ฐจ๋„, ๋™์‹œ๋Œ€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค์ธ๋“ค๊ณผ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ƒ๊ฐ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์‹œํŽธ 82ํŽธ 6์ ˆ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ทธ๋“ค์˜ ์ฃผํ•ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์€ ์‹ ํ•™๊ณผ ์˜์„ฑ์˜ ํ†ต์ผ์„ฑ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ํ•˜๋А๋‹˜ ๊ณ„์‹œ์˜ ํ†ต์ผ์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ์˜ค๋Š˜๋‚  ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋ณด๋‹ค ํ›จ์”ฌ ๋” ์ž˜ ์•Œ๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์ฃผ์„ ์ „ํ†ต์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๊นŠ์€ ์ˆ˜์ค€์€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ๋น„๋ฐ€์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด์ง€, ๊ตฌ์•ฝ๊ณผ ์‹ ์•ฝ ๋ชจ๋‘ ๊ตฌ์•ฝ๊ณผ ๊ตฌ์•ฝ์˜ ๋ฉ”์‹œ์•„์  ์˜ˆ์–ธ์ด ์žˆ๋Š” ์‹ ์•ฝ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ ์ „์ฒด๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ๊ฒฝ๋ฅœ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ฆ‰๊ฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ช…๋ฐฑํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ ๊ด€๋ จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
The present study confirms Grossโ€™s thesis that the deification metaphor has biblical roots and that during the second and third centuries it came to be expressed in the language of Hellenism. After examining the first Christian ideas about deification and their relationship to pagan and Jewish parallels, I trace how successive writers gave different meanings and connotations to deification and show how they arose according to the specific philosophical, theological, or exegetical problems they addressed. Unlike Gross, however, who concludes with John Damascene, I take my account up to Maximus the Confessor, whose teaching on deification represents the true climax of the patristic tradition. Finally, I describe briefly the concept as inherited by the Byzantine Church.
๋ณธ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅๆ€ง)์˜ ์€์œ ๊ฐ€ ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์— ๋ฟŒ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋‘๊ณ  ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, 2์„ธ๊ธฐ์™€ 3์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ํ—ฌ๋ ˆ๋‹ˆ์ฆ˜์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ทธ๋กœ์Šค์˜ ์ฃผ์žฅ์„ ํ™•์ฆํ•œ๋‹ค. ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ตœ์ดˆ์˜ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์‚ฌ์ƒ๊ณผ ์ด๊ต๋„ ๋ฐ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต์˜ ์œ ์‚ฌ์ ๊ณผ์˜ ๊ด€๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๊ฒ€ํ† ํ•œ ํ›„, ๋‚˜๋Š” ํ›„๋Œ€์˜ ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์˜๋ฏธ์™€ ํ•จ์˜๋ฅผ ๋ถ€์—ฌํ–ˆ๋Š”์ง€, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ทธ๋“ค์ด ๋‹ค๋ฃฌ ํŠน์ •ํ•œ ์ฒ ํ•™์ , ์‹ ํ•™์ , ๋˜๋Š” ์ฃผ์„์  ๋ฌธ์ œ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ์ƒ๊ฒจ๋‚ฌ๋Š”์ง€๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์กด ๋‹ค๋งˆ์Šค์ฟ ์Šค(John Damascene)๋กœ ๊ฒฐ๋ก ์„ ๋งบ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋กœ์Šค(Gross)์™€๋Š” ๋‹ฌ๋ฆฌ, ๋‚˜๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์ด ๊ต๋ถ€ ์ „ํ†ต์˜ ์ง„์ •ํ•œ ์ ˆ์ •์„ ๋Œ€ํ‘œํ•˜๋Š” ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค(Maximus the Confessor)์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋‚˜์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ๊ฐ€์ ธ๊ฐ„๋‹ค. ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰์œผ๋กœ, ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ๊ตํšŒ๊ฐ€ ๋ฌผ๋ ค๋ฐ›์€ ๊ฐœ๋…์„ ๊ฐ„๋žตํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•˜๊ฒ ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
I am aware of the limitations of word studies, but as the vocabulary of deification has not yet been examined in detail, I list and discuss almost every instance of ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต โˆˆ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ ะพ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต โˆˆ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ ะพ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ theta epsilonะพpiะพiota epsilon in omega-alphaalpha^(ห™)piะพtheta epsilon oฬomega-theta epsilon oฬomega\theta \epsilon ะพ \pi ะพ \iota \epsilon \in \omega-\alpha \dot{\alpha} \pi ะพ \theta \epsilon o ฬ \omega-\theta \epsilon o ฬ \omegaะพะพะพ and ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o i ฬ ฮท ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ ฮฑ 3 ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o i ฬ ฮท ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ ฮฑ 3 ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ theta epsilon o pi oiฬeta sigma iota s-alpha3pi o theta epsilonฬomega sigma iota s-\theta \epsilon o \pi o i ฬ \eta \sigma \iota s-\alpha 3 \pi o \theta \epsilon ฬ \omega \sigma \iota s- ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s theta epsilon epsilon omega sigma iota s\theta \epsilon \epsilon \omega \sigma \iota s in context until the end of the fourth century, together with signiffcant examples from the fifth to the eighth centuries. Usage determines meaning. Deificationโ€™s meaning cannot be established a priori or by generalizing from a few examples. The full range of usages must be considered. Appendix 2 summarizes my lexical findings. Briefly, the Christian usage of deification terms expressing the soulโ€™s ascent to God precedes the pagall usage rather than the other way round, as is often assumed.
๋‚˜๋Š” ๋‹จ์–ด ์—ฐ๊ตฌ์˜ ํ•œ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ์•Œ๊ณ  ์žˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–)์˜ ์–ดํœ˜๊ฐ€ ์•„์ง ์ž์„ธํžˆ ๊ฒ€ํ† ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— 4์„ธ๊ธฐ ๋ง๊นŒ์ง€์˜ ๊ฑฐ์˜ ๋ชจ๋“  ์‚ฌ๋ก€ ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต โˆˆ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ ะพ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต โˆˆ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฯ€ ะพ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ โˆ’ ฮธ ฯต o ฬ ฯ‰ theta epsilonะพpiะพiota epsilon in omega-alphaalpha^(ห™)piะพtheta epsilon oฬomega-theta epsilon oฬomega\theta \epsilon ะพ \pi ะพ \iota \epsilon \in \omega-\alpha \dot{\alpha} \pi ะพ \theta \epsilon o ฬ \omega-\theta \epsilon o ฬ \omegaะพะพะพ ์™€ ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o i ฬ ฮท ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ ฮฑ 3 ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o i ฬ ฮท ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ ฮฑ 3 ฯ€ o ฮธ ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s โˆ’ theta epsilon o pi oiฬeta sigma iota s-alpha3pi o theta epsilonฬomega sigma iota s-\theta \epsilon o \pi o i ฬ \eta \sigma \iota s-\alpha 3 \pi o \theta \epsilon ฬ \omega \sigma \iota s- ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s ฮธ ฯต ฯต ฯ‰ ฯƒ ฮน s theta epsilon epsilon omega sigma iota s\theta \epsilon \epsilon \omega \sigma \iota s ๋ฌธ๋งฅ์„ 5์„ธ๊ธฐ์—์„œ 8์„ธ๊ธฐ๊นŒ์ง€์˜ ๋Œ€ํ‘œ์ ์ธ ์‚ฌ๋ก€์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ๋‚˜์—ดํ•˜๊ณ  ๋…ผ์˜ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์šฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ๊ฒฐ์ •ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์˜๋ฏธ๋Š” ์„ ํ—˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ช‡ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์˜ˆ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ํ™”ํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ํ™•๋ฆฝ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ „์ฒด ์‚ฌ์šฉ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•ด์•ผ ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ถ€๋ก 2๋Š” ๋‚˜์˜ ์–ดํœ˜ ๋ฐœ๊ฒฌ์„ ์š”์•ฝํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ„๋‹จํžˆ ๋งํ•ด์„œ, ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํ‘œํ˜„ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™” ์šฉ์–ด์˜ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์  ์šฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ข…์ข… ๊ฐ€์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ๊ทธ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ํŒŒ๊ฐˆ ์šฉ๋ฒ•๋ณด๋‹ค ์„ ํ–‰ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
Heeding Osbornโ€™s advice, 1 look at the problems that each writer was addressing. In what sense may human beings (on the authority of Psalm 82:6)
์˜ค์Šค๋ณธ์˜ ์ถฉ๊ณ ์— ๊ท€๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์šธ์ด๋ฉด์„œ, 1 ๊ฐ ์ž‘๊ฐ€๊ฐ€ ๋‹ค๋ฃจ๊ณ  ์žˆ๋˜ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋“ค์„ ์‚ดํŽด๋ณด์ž. ์–ด๋–ค ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๊ฐ€ (์‹œํŽธ 82:6์˜ ๊ถŒ์œ„์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ)

be called gods? How is the destiny of the Christian related to the divine economy of the Incarnation? How does the Christian philosopher (not to be outdone by his pagan rival) attain โ€˜likeness to God so far as possibleโ€™ (Plato, Theaet. 176 b )? How is the soulโ€™s ascent to God to be reconciled with the distinction between โ€˜geneticโ€™ and โ€˜ageneticโ€™, created and uncreated? How does a human being โ€˜participateโ€™ in God and still remain a creature? What is the role of the sacraments and the moral life? Few writers confront all these problems simultaneously. With each author it is necessary to identify the problems he was trying to solve, and place them in their context.
์‹ ์ด๋ผ ๋ถˆ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒ ๋Š”๊ฐ€? ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ์˜ ์šด๋ช…์€ ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ์˜ ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ๊ฒฝ๋ฅœ๊ณผ ์–ด๋–ค ๊ด€๋ จ์ด ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ฒ ํ•™์ž๋Š” ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ (๊ทธ์˜ ์ด๊ต๋„ ๊ฒฝ์Ÿ์ž์— ๋’ค์ฒ˜์ง€์ง€ ์•Š๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด) '๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์„ ๋‹ฎ์•„๊ฐ€๋Š”' (Plato, Theaet. 176 b) ๊ฒƒ์„ ์–ป๋Š”๊ฐ€? ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ '์œ ์ „์ '๊ณผ '๋ฌด์œ ์ „์ ', ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋œ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์˜ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„๊ณผ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ์กฐํ™”๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฃฐ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๊ฐ€? ์ธ๊ฐ„์€ ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜ '์ฐธ์—ฌ'ํ•˜๋ฉด์„œ๋„ ํ”ผ์กฐ๋ฌผ๋กœ ๋‚จ์•„ ์žˆ๋Š”๊ฐ€? ์„ฑ๋ก€์ „๊ณผ ๋„๋•์  ์ƒํ™œ์˜ ์—ญํ• ์€ ๋ฌด์—‡์ธ๊ฐ€? ์ด ๋ชจ๋“  ๋ฌธ์ œ์— ๋™์‹œ์— ์ง๋ฉดํ•˜๋Š” ์ž‘๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฑฐ์˜ ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ ์ €์ž์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๋ ค๊ณ  ํ–ˆ๋˜ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ์‹๋ณ„ํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ทธ ๋งฅ๋ฝ์— ๋ฐฐ์น˜ํ•ด์•ผ ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
At the risk of over-schematization, I use my classification of the various approaches to deification as nominal, analogical, ethical, and realistic as a key for analysing the historical development of the doctrine. The earliest approaches are the nominal and the analogical, both of which are used by Philo, from whom they pass into the Christian tradition. The next is the realistic, which also, surprisingly, has Jewish antecedents. Inspired by Rabbinic exegesis, Justin Martyr laid claim to the โ€˜godsโ€™ of Psalm 82: 6 for the Church, as a consequence of which Irenaeus takes it for granted that Christians may be called โ€˜godsโ€™ on the authority of Scripture because they have been incorporated into Christ through baptism, thereby attaining a potential immortality. A new approach appears alongside this in Clement of Alexandria and Hippolytus of Rome, who are the first to use the verb ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ theta epsilonะพpiะพiota epsilonฬomega\theta \epsilon ะพ \pi ะพ \iota \epsilon ฬ \omegaะพะพ. The Christian philosopher may be called a โ€˜godโ€™ because he has become like God through the attainment of gnosis and dispassion. By the fourth century all four approaches are well developed, with the realistic, expressed in the language of participation and relating to the sacraments of baptism and the Eucharist, and the ethical, expressed in the language of imitation and relating to the ascetic and contemplative life, predominating. Many writers use both approaches, though the realistic is especially characteristic of the Alexandrian tradition, the ethical of the Cappadocian. The two approaches are successfully integrated by Cyril of Alexandria and, most impressively, by Maximus the Confessor.
์ง€๋‚˜์นœ ๋„์‹ํ™”์˜ ์œ„ํ—˜์„ ๋ฌด๋ฆ…์“ฐ๊ณ , ๋‚˜๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•๋“ค์„ ๋ช…๋ชฉ์ƒ์ (nominal), ์œ ์ถ”ํ•™์ (analogical), ์œค๋ฆฌ์ (ethical), ํ˜„์‹ค์ (realistic)๋กœ ๋ถ„๋ฅ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊ต๋ฆฌ์˜ ์—ญ์‚ฌ์  ๋ฐœ์ „์„ ๋ถ„์„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์—ด์‡ ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ์˜ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์€ ๋ช…๋ชฉ์ƒ๊ณผ ์œ ์ถ”ํ˜•์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋‘˜ ๋‹ค ํ•„๋กœ์— ์˜ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ „ํ†ต์œผ๋กœ ๋„˜์–ด๊ฐ‘๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค์Œ์€ ํ˜„์‹ค์ฃผ์˜์ ์ธ๋ฐ, ๋†€๋ž๊ฒŒ๋„ ์ด ์—ญ์‹œ ์œ ๋Œ€์ธ์˜ ์„ ์กฐ๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ˆœ๊ต์ž ์œ ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค(Justin Martyr)๋Š” ๋ž๋น„์˜ ์ฃผ์„์— ์˜๊ฐ์„ ๋ฐ›์•„ ์‹œํŽธ 82์žฅ 6์ ˆ์˜ '์‹ ๋“ค'์„ ๊ตํšŒ๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•ด ์ฃผ์žฅํ–ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ์ด๋ ˆ๋‚˜์ด์šฐ์Šค๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ๋“ค์ด ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„ ์•ˆ์œผ๋กœ ํ†ตํ•ฉ๋˜์—ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์˜ ๊ถŒ์œ„์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ '์‹ ๋“ค'์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ๋ถˆ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋‹น์—ฐํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์—ฌ๊ฒผ๋‹ค. ์ด์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜์Šค(Clement of Alexandria)์™€ ๋กœ๋งˆ์˜ ํžˆํด๋ฆฌํˆฌ์Šค(Hippolytus)๊ฐ€ ๋™์‚ฌ ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ ฮธ ฯต ะพ ฯ€ ะพ ฮน ฯต ฬ ฯ‰ theta epsilonะพpiะพiota epsilonฬomega\theta \epsilon ะพ \pi ะพ \iota \epsilon ฬ \omegaะพะพ ๋ฅผ ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์ด ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚œ๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ฒ ํ•™์ž๋Š” '์‹ '์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ๋ถˆ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ ์ด์œ ๋Š” ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ๊ทธ๋…ธ์‹œ์Šค(gnosis)์™€ ๋ฌด์ •(็„กpassion)์˜ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋˜์—ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. 4์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ์ด๋ฅด๋Ÿฌ์„œ๋Š” ๋„ค ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ž˜ ๋ฐœ๋‹ฌ๋˜์—ˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ฐธ์—ฌ์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜๊ณ  ์„ธ๋ก€์™€ ์„ฑ์ฒด์„ฑ์‚ฌ์™€ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ํ˜„์‹ค์ฃผ์˜์ ์ธ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•๊ณผ ๋ชจ๋ฐฉ์˜ ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋˜๊ณ  ๊ธˆ์š•์ ์ด๊ณ  ๊ด€์ƒ์ ์ธ ์‚ถ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์œค๋ฆฌ์ ์ธ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์ด ์šฐ์„ธํ•˜๋‹ค. ๋งŽ์€ ์ž‘๊ฐ€๋“ค์ด ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์„ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ํ˜„์‹ค์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์€ ํŠนํžˆ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์ „ํ†ต์˜ ํŠน์ง•์ด๋ฉฐ, ์นดํŒŒ๋„ํ‚ค์•„์˜ ์œค๋ฆฌ์  ํŠน์ง•์ด๋‹ค. ์ด ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์€ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ์‹œ๋ฆด๋ฃจ์Šค(Cyril of Alexandria)์™€ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ธ์ƒ์ ์ด๊ฒŒ๋„, ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค(Maximus the Confessor)์— ์˜ํ•ด ์„ฑ๊ณต์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ†ตํ•ฉ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.
This study aims to be as comprehensive as possible within reasonable limits, which would have been exceeded if the scope of the book had not been confined to the Greek Fathers. As no mention at all of the Syriac and Latin Fathers, however, would have left the reader with an incomplete view of the role of deification in patristic thought and spirituality, a summary account of their teaching is included in Appendix I.
์ด ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋Š” ํ•ฉ๋ฆฌ์ ์ธ ํ•œ๊ณ„ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ํฌ๊ด„์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ชฉํ‘œ๋กœ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด ์ฑ…์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์— ๊ตญํ•œ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค๋ฉด ์ดˆ๊ณผ๋˜์—ˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์‹œ๋ฆฌ์•„์™€ ๋ผํ‹ด ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰์ด ์ „ํ˜€ ์—†๋‹ค๋ฉด ๋…์ž๋“ค์€ ๊ต๋ถ€ ์‚ฌ์ƒ๊ณผ ์˜์„ฑ์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์—ญํ• ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ถˆ์™„์ „ํ•œ ๊ฒฌํ•ด๋ฅผ ๊ฐ–๊ฒŒ ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๊ทธ๋“ค์˜ ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์š”์•ฝ๋œ ์„ค๋ช…์ด ๋ถ€๋ก I์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.

4. Overview  4. ๊ฐœ์š”

Before Constantine, Christians lived as a minority in a strongly polytheistic environment in which the deification of human beings was commonplace.
์ฝ˜์Šคํƒ„ํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค ์ด์ „์— ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์ธ๋“ค์€ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๊ฐ€ ํ”ํ•œ ๋งค์šฐ ๋‹ค์‹ ๊ต์ ์ธ ํ™˜๊ฒฝ์—์„œ ์†Œ์ˆ˜๋กœ ์‚ด์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
Not only were there numerous temples to gods who had once been men, but in every city pride of place was given to the cult of the emperor. Deceased emperors had been deified from the time of Augustus. Since Domitian the reigning emperor was also regarded as a god. How were Christians to react? With regard to pagan religion in general, Christian intellectuals readily adopted a Euhemeristic approach. If all the gods had once been human, polytheism did not present a threat. The imperial cult was more difficult to ft into a Christian perspective. Under persecution, Christians may have been determined not to render to the emperor the worship due to God alone, but in times of peace they were more flexible. Throughout the Graeco-Roman world the imperial cult excited popular devotion. Indeed, it played a vital role in unifying society. It is no surprise that the cult survived the transition to a Christian empire by more than a century. Christians in practice could be very tolerant of it. Moreover, the deification conferred by the imperial funeral rites became available by a process of โ€˜democratizationโ€™ to ordinary citizens, so that by the second century โ€˜apotheosisโ€™ could mean no more than solemn burial.
ํ•œ๋•Œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด์—ˆ๋˜ ์‹ ๋“ค์„ ๋ชจ์‹œ๋Š” ์ˆ˜๋งŽ์€ ์‹ ์ „์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ์„ ๋ฟ๋งŒ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ, ๋ชจ๋“  ๋„์‹œ์—๋Š” ํ™ฉ์ œ ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ž๋ถ€์‹ฌ์ด ์ฃผ์–ด์กŒ๋‹ค. ์ฃฝ์€ ํ™ฉ์ œ๋“ค์€ ์•„์šฐ๊ตฌ์Šคํˆฌ์Šค ์‹œ๋Œ€๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋„๋ฏธํ‹ฐ์•„๋ˆ„์Šค ์ดํ›„๋กœ, ๋‹น์‹œ ํ™ฉ์ œ๋Š” ๋˜ํ•œ ์‹ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฌ๊ฒจ์กŒ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ๋“ค์€ ์–ด๋–ค ๋ฐ˜์‘์„ ๋ณด์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•˜์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๊ต ์ข…๊ต์™€ ๊ด€๋ จํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ง€์‹์ธ๋“ค์€ ์œ ํ—ค๋จธ์ฃผ์˜์  ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์„ ์‰ฝ๊ฒŒ ์ฑ„ํƒํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ชจ๋“  ์‹ ์ด ํ•œ๋•Œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋‹ค์‹ ๊ต๋Š” ์œ„ํ˜‘์ด ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ œ๊ตญ ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์  ๊ด€์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ด๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ๋” ์–ด๋ ค์› ๋‹ค. ๋ฐ•ํ•ด ์•„๋ž˜์„œ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ๋“ค์€ ํ•˜๋А๋‹˜๊ป˜๋งŒ ๋“œ๋ ค์•ผ ํ•  ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ๋ฅผ ํ™ฉ์ œ์—๊ฒŒ ๋ฐ”์น˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ธฐ๋กœ ๊ฒฐ์‹ฌํ–ˆ์„์ง€ ๋ชจ๋ฅด์ง€๋งŒ, ํ‰ํ™”์˜ ์‹œ๊ธฐ์—๋Š” ์ข€ ๋” ์œตํ†ต์„ฑ์„ ๋ฐœํœ˜ํ•˜์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค-๋กœ๋งˆ ์„ธ๊ณ„ ์ „์—ญ์— ๊ฑธ์ณ์„œ, ์ œ๊ตญ ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ๋Š” ๋Œ€์ค‘์˜ ํ—Œ์‹ ์„ ๋ถˆ๋Ÿฌ์ผ์œผ์ผฐ๋‹ค. ์‚ฌ์‹ค, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ์‚ฌํšŒ๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ ๊ฒฐ์ •์ ์ธ ์—ญํ• ์„ ํ•˜์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ์‚ฌ์ด๋น„ ์ข…๊ต๊ฐ€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ต ์ œ๊ตญ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๋ชจํ•˜๋Š” ๋™์•ˆ์—๋„ ํ•œ ์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ด์ƒ ์‚ด์•„๋‚จ์€ ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋†€๋ผ์šด ์ผ์ด ์•„๋‹™๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ๋“ค์€ ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๋งค์šฐ ๊ด€๋Œ€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋”์šฑ์ด, ํ™ฉ์ œ์˜ ์žฅ๋ก€ ์˜๋ก€์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋ถ€์—ฌ๋œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” '๋ฏผ์ฃผํ™”' ๊ณผ์ •์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ผ๋ฐ˜ ์‹œ๋ฏผ๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•ด์กŒ๊ณ , ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ 2์„ธ๊ธฐ์— ์ด๋ฅด๋Ÿฌ์„œ๋Š” '์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”'๊ฐ€ ์—„์ˆ™ํ•œ ์žฅ๋ก€์‹ ์ด์ƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.
For an approach to deification connected with the religious development of the individual, we need to turn to the mystery cults and Orphism, and ultimately to antiquityโ€™s most noble expression of the religious instinct in the Platonic philosophical tradition. Philosophical religion was based on the conviction that the attainment of the divine was fundamentally the realization of something within oneself. A significant number of Christians could accept the aspirations of philosophical religion with very few reservations. A pupil of Origenโ€™s, for example, could refer to the dictum โ€˜Know thyselfโ€™ as a sublime method โ€˜for attaining a kind of apotheosisโ€™. Alongside the high philosophy practised by the educated elite, however, there was also a โ€˜demoticizedโ€™ version available to the students of Hermes Trismegistus. Hermetists aimed to return to God through spiritual awakening under the guidance of an experienced teacher in a manner that dispensed with the need for serious philosophical study. Christian writers do not refer to Hermetic texts until the fourth century. But the verb ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o ฮน ฯต ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o ฮน ฯต theta epsilon o pi o iota epsilon\theta \epsilon o \pi o \iota \epsilon โ€™ ฯ‰ ฯ‰ omega\omega in a spiritual context is first attested in Clement of Alexandria and the Hermetic corpus more or less simultaneously. Perhaps this is not a coincidence.
๊ฐœ์ธ์˜ ์ข…๊ต์  ๋ฐœ์ „๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ ‘๊ทผ์„ ์œ„ํ•ด ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์‹ ๋น„ ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ์™€ ์˜ค๋ฅดํ”ผ์ฆ˜, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ถ๊ทน์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค ์ฒ ํ•™ ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ์ข…๊ต์  ๋ณธ๋Šฅ์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๊ณ ๊ท€ํ•œ ํ‘œํ˜„์œผ๋กœ ๋Œ์•„๊ฐˆ ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ฒ ํ•™์  ์ข…๊ต๋Š” ์‹ ์„ฑ์˜ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ์€ ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ž์‹  ์•ˆ์˜ ์–ด๋–ค ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊นจ๋‹ซ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ํ™•์‹ ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๋‹น์ˆ˜์˜ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์ธ๋“ค์€ ์ฒ ํ•™์  ์ข…๊ต์˜ ์—ด๋ง์„ ๊ฑฐ์˜ ์ฃผ์ €ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋“ค์–ด, ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ์˜ ์ œ์ž๋Š” '๋„ˆ ์ž์‹ ์„ ์•Œ๋ผ'๋ผ๋Š” ๊ฒฉ์–ธ์„ '์ผ์ข…์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ฅผ ์„ฑ์ทจํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ' ์ˆญ๊ณ ํ•œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๊ต์œก๋ฐ›์€ ์—˜๋ฆฌํŠธ๊ฐ€ ์‹ค์ฒœํ•˜๋Š” ๋†’์€ ์ฒ ํ•™๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ํ—ค๋ฅด๋ฉ”์Šค ํŠธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋ฉ”๊ธฐ์Šคํ† ์Šค์˜ ํ•™์ƒ๋“ค์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” '๋ฏผ์ฃผํ™”๋œ' ๋ฒ„์ „๋„ ์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ํ—ค๋ฅด๋ฉ”ํ‹ฐ์ŠคํŠธ๋“ค์€ ์ง„์ง€ํ•œ ์ฒ ํ•™์  ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๊ฐ€ ํ•„์š” ์—†๋Š” ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ ๊ฒฝํ—˜ ๋งŽ์€ ๊ต์‚ฌ์˜ ์ง€๋„ ์•„๋ž˜ ์˜์  ๊ฐ์„ฑ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ๋Œ์•„๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ชฉํ‘œ๋กœ ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค์€ 4์„ธ๊ธฐ๊นŒ์ง€ ํ—ค๋ฅด๋ฉ”์Šค ๋ฌธํ—Œ์„ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์˜์  ๋ฌธ๋งฅ์—์„œ ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o ฮน ฯต ฮธ ฯต o ฯ€ o ฮน ฯต theta epsilon o pi o iota epsilon\theta \epsilon o \pi o \iota \epsilon ๋™์‚ฌ ' ฯ‰ ฯ‰ omega\omega ๋Š” ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜ํŠธ์™€ ํ—ค๋ฅด๋ฉ”ํ‹ฑ ๋ง๋ญ‰์น˜์—์„œ ๊ฑฐ์˜ ๋™์‹œ์— ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์ž…์ฆ๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์–ด์ฉŒ๋ฉด ์ด๊ฒƒ์€ ์šฐ์—ฐ์ด ์•„๋‹์ง€๋„ ๋ชจ๋ฅธ๋‹ค.
If we leave aside later exegesis, there is no evidence of deification in the Old Testament. But the canon of the Hebrew Scriptures was the product of Rabbinic Judaism, the successor to only one of the forms of Judaism which flourished at the time when Christian convictions were taking shape. Of the other forms, the Hellenistic and Enochic were particularly influential and made fundamental contributions to the development of the doctrine of deification.
ํ›„๋Œ€์˜ ์ฃผํ•ด๋ฅผ ์ œ์ณ๋‘๋ฉด, ๊ตฌ์•ฝ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์—๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์ฆ๊ฑฐ๊ฐ€ ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ํžˆ๋ธŒ๋ฆฌ์–ด ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์˜ ์ •๊ฒฝ์€ ๋ž๋น„ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต์˜ ์‚ฐ๋ฌผ์ด์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต์˜ ํ•œ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋งŒ์„ ๊ณ„์Šนํ•œ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ต์˜ ์‹ ๋…์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋˜ ์‹œ๊ธฐ์— ๋ฒˆ์„ฑํ•˜์˜€์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํ˜•ํƒœ ์ค‘์—์„œ๋„ ํ—ฌ๋ ˆ๋‹ˆ์ฆ˜๊ณผ ์—๋…ธํฌ๋Š” ํŠนํžˆ ์˜ํ–ฅ๋ ฅ์ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ณ  ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™” ๊ต๋ฆฌ์˜ ๋ฐœ์ „์— ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์ธ ๊ณตํ—Œ์„ ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
A Jewish idea of blessed immortality is first encountered in Hellenistic Judaism. The author of the Book of Wisdom is the first Jewish writer to conceive of human fulfilment in terms of the destiny of the immortal soul.
์ถ•๋ณต๋ฐ›์€ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์œ ๋Œ€์ธ์˜ ์ƒ๊ฐ์€ ํ—ฌ๋ ˆ๋‹ˆ์ฆ˜ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต์—์„œ ์ฒ˜์Œ ์ ‘ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ง€ํ˜œ์„œ์˜ ์ €์ž๋Š” ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์˜ ์˜ํ˜ผ์˜ ์šด๋ช…์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ์„ฑ์ทจ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ฐํ•œ ์ตœ์ดˆ์˜ ์œ ๋Œ€์ธ ์ž‘๊ฐ€์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

'This approach is taken much further by Philo of Alexandria with the help of Platonism. Philo identifies four different ways in which the soul ascends to God. The first is the religious, when the soul abandons idolatry and turns to the true faith; the second is the philosophical, raising the mind from sensible to intelligible objects of contemplation; the third is the ethical, for the virtues confer immortality by making the soul like God; and the fourth is the mystical, enabling the true philosopher to go out of himself and come as close to the divine as a human being can in so far as he has become pure nous. Moses was such a man. As an embodiment of wisdom, he occupied a mediating position between God and man. But even he can be called a god only figuratively in the sense that he came to share in the divine attributes of incorporeality and immortality.
"์ด ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์€ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํ•„๋กœ(Philo of Alexandria)์— ์˜ํ•ด ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ฃผ์˜(Platonism)์˜ ๋„์›€์œผ๋กœ ํ›จ์”ฌ ๋” ๋ฐœ์ „๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ํ•„๋กœ๋Š” ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๋„ค ๊ฐ€์ง€ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋ฐํžŒ๋‹ค. ์ฒซ ๋ฒˆ์งธ๋Š” ์ข…๊ต์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ์šฐ์ƒ ์ˆญ๋ฐฐ๋ฅผ ๋ฒ„๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ฐธ๋œ ์‹ ์•™์œผ๋กœ ๋Œ์•„์„ค ๋•Œ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‘ ๋ฒˆ์งธ๋Š” ์ฒ ํ•™์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ๋งˆ์Œ์„ ๊ฐ๊ฐ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์—์„œ ์ดํ•ดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋ช…์ƒ์˜ ๋Œ€์ƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋Œ์–ด์˜ฌ๋ฆฐ๋‹ค. ์„ธ ๋ฒˆ์งธ๋Š” ์œค๋ฆฌ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์ธ๋ฐ, ๊ทธ ์ด์œ ๋Š” ๋•ํ–‰๋“ค์ด ์˜ํ˜ผ์„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋งŒ๋“ฆ์œผ๋กœ์จ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์„ ๋ถ€์—ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋„ค ๋ฒˆ์งธ๋Š” ์‹ ๋น„์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ, ์ง„์ •ํ•œ ์ฒ ํ•™์ž๊ฐ€ ์ž๊ธฐ ์ž์‹ ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๋ฒ—์–ด๋‚˜ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ์ˆœ์ˆ˜ํ•œ ๋…ธ์šฐ์Šค(nous)๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋Š” ํ•œ, ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ํ•œ ์‹ ์„ฑ์— ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์ด ๋‹ค๊ฐ€๊ฐˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ชจ์„ธ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋Ÿฐ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ด์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ง€ํ˜œ์˜ ํ™”์‹ ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ๊ทธ๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ณผ ์ธ๊ฐ„ ์‚ฌ์ด์—์„œ ์ค‘์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์œ„์น˜๋ฅผ ์ฐจ์ง€ํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๊ทธ์กฐ์ฐจ๋„ ๋น„์œ ์ ์œผ๋กœ๋งŒ ์‹ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ๋ถˆ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ๋ฌดํ˜•๊ณผ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์„ฑ์˜ ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์†์„ฑ์„ ๊ณต์œ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์™”๋‹ค๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ๋งŒ ๊ทธ๋ ‡๋‹ค.
Enochic Judaism is less accessible to us today but may be studied in the earlier parts of i Enoch and in the writings of the breakaway Essene sect that established itself at Qumran. This form of Judaism also had a doctrine of a transcendent life beyond the grave that had developed independently of Hellenism. The righteous were predestined to transcend death and be promoted to a community of life with the angels. The leader of the Qumran community was a new Moses who would lead his fellow sectaries to the fulfilment of the angelic life, which was to be identified with the life of the โ€˜godsโ€™ of the psalmistโ€™s heavenly court. This divine life could already be anticipated in the liturgical worship of Qumran.
์—๋…ธ์น™ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต๋Š” ์˜ค๋Š˜๋‚  ์šฐ๋ฆฌ์—๊ฒŒ ์ ‘๊ทผํ•˜๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ์‰ฝ์ง€๋งŒ, ์—๋…น์„œ์˜ ์•ž๋ถ€๋ถ„๊ณผ ์ฟฐ๋ž€์—์„œ ์ž๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์žก์€ ์—์„ธ๋„คํŒŒ์˜ ์ €์ˆ ๋ฌผ์—์„œ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ํ˜•ํƒœ์˜ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต๋Š” ๋˜ํ•œ ํ—ฌ๋ ˆ๋‹ˆ์ฆ˜๊ณผ ๋…๋ฆฝ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐœ์ „ํ•œ ๋ฌด๋ค ๋„ˆ๋จธ์˜ ์ดˆ์›”์  ์ƒ๋ช…์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜์ธ๋“ค์€ ์ฃฝ์Œ์„ ์ดˆ์›”ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ฒœ์‚ฌ๋“ค๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ƒ๋ช…์˜ ๊ณต๋™์ฒด๋กœ ์Šน๊ฒฉ๋˜๋„๋ก ์˜ˆ์ •๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์ฟฐ๋ž€ ๊ณต๋™์ฒด์˜ ์ง€๋„์ž๋Š” ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ๋ชจ์„ธ์˜€๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ๋Š” ๋™๋ฃŒ ์ข…ํŒŒ๋“ค์„ ์ด๋Œ๊ณ  ์ฒœ์‚ฌ์  ์ƒ๋ช…์˜ ์„ฑ์ทจ๋ฅผ ์ด๋ฃจ๊ฒŒ ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ์ƒ๋ช…์€ ์‹œํŽธ ํ•„์ž์˜ ํ•˜๋Š˜ ๊ถ์ •์— ์žˆ๋Š” '์‹ ๋“ค'์˜ ์ƒ๋ช…๊ณผ ๋™์ผ์‹œ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์ƒ๋ช…์€ ์ด๋ฏธ ์ฟฐ๋ž€์˜ ์ „๋ก€ ์˜ˆ๋ฐฐ์—์„œ ๊ธฐ๋Œ€ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.
Even Rabbinic Judaism had its own version of deification. Merkabah mysticism - a spiritual approach that grew out of meditation on Ezekielโ€™s vision of the throne-chariot of God-offered a rich alternative, expressed in anthropomorphic terms, to the intellectualizing Platonic version of the ascent to God. Even more important, from the Christian point of view, was the Rabbinic exegesis of Psalm 82: 6. The teaching that the โ€˜godsโ€™ of the psalm were those who had won immortality through the faithful observance of the Torah was, in its Christian form, to exercise a decisive influence on the development of the doctrine of deification.
์‹ฌ์ง€์–ด ๋ž๋น„ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต์กฐ์ฐจ๋„ ๊ทธ๋“ค ๋‚˜๋ฆ„๋Œ€๋กœ์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฉ”๋ฅด์นด๋ฐ” ์‹ ๋น„์ฃผ์˜(Merkabah mysticism) - ์—์Šค๊ฒ”์˜ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ๋ณด์ขŒ-๋ณ‘๊ฑฐ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ™˜์ƒ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ฌต์ƒ์—์„œ ์„ฑ์žฅํ•œ ์˜์  ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์€ ์‹ ์—๊ฒŒ๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ง€์ ์ธ ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์  ๋ฒ„์ „์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์˜์ธํ™”๋œ ์šฉ์–ด๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋œ ํ’๋ถ€ํ•œ ๋Œ€์•ˆ์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต์  ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ ๋”์šฑ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์€ ์‹œํŽธ 82:6์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ž๋น„์˜ ์ฃผ์„์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹œํŽธ์— ๋‚˜์˜ค๋Š” '์‹ ๋“ค'์€ ํ† ๋ผ๋ฅผ ์ถฉ์‹คํžˆ ์ง€ํ‚ด์œผ๋กœ์จ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์„ ์–ป์€ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ๋“ค์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์€, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ต์  ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™” ๊ต๋ฆฌ์˜ ๋ฐœ์ „์— ๊ฒฐ์ •์ ์ธ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋ฏธ์ณค๋‹ค.
Did Paul have an idea of deification? He uses various expressions for participatory union- โ€˜in Christโ€™, โ€˜with Christโ€™, โ€˜Christ in usโ€™, 'sons of Godโ€™, and so on, but does not isolate โ€˜participationโ€™ for special consideration. Moreover, these expressions are images. โ€˜Deificationโ€™ as a technical term only emerged later when Paulโ€™s metaphorical images were re-expressed in conceptual language. The same may be said with regard to the Johannine writings, which reveal an approach to participatory union with Christ not unlike that of Paul.
๋ฐ”์šธ์€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ฐ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๊นŒ? ๊ทธ๋Š” ์ฐธ์—ฌ์  ์—ฐํ•ฉ์„ ์œ„ํ•ด '๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„ ์•ˆ์—', '๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜', '์šฐ๋ฆฌ ์•ˆ์— ๊ณ„์‹  ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„', 'ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ์•„๋“ค๋“ค' ๋“ฑ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ํ‘œํ˜„์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, '์ฐธ์—ฌ'๋ฅผ ํŠน๋ณ„ํ•œ ๊ณ ๋ ค ๋Œ€์ƒ์—์„œ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌํ•˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ๋”์šฑ์ด ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ํ‘œํ˜„์€ ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ์šฉ์–ด๋กœ์„œ์˜ '์‹ ํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–)'๋Š” ๋ฐ”์šธ์˜ ์€์œ ์  ์ด๋ฏธ์ง€๊ฐ€ ๊ฐœ๋…์  ์–ธ์–ด๋กœ ์žฌํ‘œํ˜„๋˜์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ์—์•ผ ๋น„๋กœ์†Œ ๋“ฑ์žฅํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์š”ํ•œ์˜ ์ €์„œ๋“ค์— ๊ด€ํ•ด์„œ๋„ ๋งˆ์ฐฌ๊ฐ€์ง€๋ผ๊ณ  ๋งํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ด ์ €์„œ๋“ค์€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์™€์˜ ์ฐธ์—ฌ์  ์—ฐํ•ฉ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ ‘๊ทผ ๋ฐฉ์‹์„ ๋“œ๋Ÿฌ๋‚ด๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š”๋ฐ, ์ด ์ €์„œ๋“ค์€ ๋ฐ”์šธ์˜ ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ๋‹ค๋ฅด์ง€ ์•Š๋‹ค.
Among Christian authors contemporary with the last New Testament writers, only Ignatius of Antioch takes up the theme of participatory union. He does not use the terminology of deification but prepares the way for it by speaking of Christ as God. If participation in Christ is participation in God,
๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰ ์‹ ์•ฝ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ ์ €์ž๋“ค๊ณผ ๋™์‹œ๋Œ€๋ฅผ ์‚ด์•˜๋˜ ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€๋“ค ์ค‘์—์„œ, ์•ˆ๋””์˜ฅ์˜ ์ด๊ทธ๋‚˜ํ‹ฐ์šฐ์Šค๋งŒ์ด ์ฐธ์—ฌ์  ์—ฐํ•ฉ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์ฃผ์ œ๋ฅผ ์ฑ„ํƒํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ผ๋Š” ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ , ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ฅผ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์œผ๋กœ ๋งํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธธ์„ ์˜ˆ๋น„ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„ ์•ˆ์— ๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ณง ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ฐธ์—ฌ๋ผ๋ฉด,

it will not be long before the Christian who is christified will be said to be deified.
๋จธ์ง€์•Š์•„ ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ์ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๊ณ  ๋งํ•  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.
The earliest explicit discussion of deification in a Christian writer arose from a consideration of Psalm 82: 6. Who is it that Scripture is addressing as gods? In around 160 Justin Martyr, drawing on the Rabbinic exegesis already mentioned, put forward the view that as the people of Christ were the new Israel, the gods were those who were obedient to Christ. Justinโ€™s younger contemporary, Irenaeus of Lyons, went on to draw out the implications of the conjunction of โ€˜godsโ€™ with โ€˜sonsโ€™ and claim that the gods were the baptized. Through baptism they had recovered their lost likeness to God and therefore had come to participate in the divine life which that likeness entailed. God had come to dwell within them, making them sons of God and gods. This status was not secure, for it was vulnerable to loss through sin-we are gods but can die like men, according to the next verse of the Psalm-but nevertheless the fundamental transition from death to life, from mortality to immortality, had been made, enabling the baptized to be called โ€˜godsโ€™.
๊ธฐ๋…๊ต ์ €์ˆ ๊ฐ€์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ตœ์ดˆ์˜ ๋ช…์‹œ์ ์ธ ๋…ผ์˜๋Š” ์‹œํŽธ 82ํŽธ 6์ ˆ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ณ ์ฐฐ์—์„œ ๋น„๋กฏ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์„ฑ๊ฒฝ์ด ์‹ ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ๋ถ€๋ฅด๋Š” ์ž๋Š” ๋ˆ„๊ตฌ์ธ๊ฐ€? 160๋…„๊ฒฝ์— ์ˆœ๊ต์ž ์œ ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค๋Š” ์ด๋ฏธ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•œ ๋ž๋น„์˜ ์ฃผ์„์„ ์ธ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ๋ฐฑ์„ฑ์ด ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์ด์Šค๋ผ์—˜์ธ ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ์‹ ๋“ค์€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์—๊ฒŒ ์ˆœ์ข…ํ•˜๋Š” ์‚ฌ๋žŒ๋“ค์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๊ฒฌํ•ด๋ฅผ ์ œ์‹œํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์œ ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค์™€ ๋™์‹œ๋Œ€๋ฅผ ์‚ด์•˜๋˜ ์ Š์€ ์ž‘๊ฐ€ ๋ฆฌ์šฉ์˜ ์ด๋ ˆ๋‚˜์ด์šฐ์Šค(Irenaeus of Lyons)๋Š” '์‹ ๋“ค'๊ณผ '์•„๋“ค๋“ค'์˜ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉ์ด ํ•จ์ถ•ํ•˜๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ๋Œ์–ด๋‚ด๊ณ , ๊ทธ ์‹ ๋“ค์€ ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์€ ์ž๋“ค์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ์ฃผ์žฅํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์žƒ์–ด๋ฒ„๋ฆฐ ๋ชจ์Šต์„ ํšŒ๋ณตํ•˜์˜€๊ณ , ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๊ทธ ๋‹ฎ์Œ์ด ์ˆ˜๋ฐ˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์ƒ๋ช…์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜์„œ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋“ค ์•ˆ์— ๊ฑฐํ•˜์‹œ๋ ค๊ณ  ์˜ค์…”์„œ ๊ทธ๋“ค์„ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ์•„๋“ค์ด์ž ์‹ ๋“ค๋กœ ๋งŒ๋“œ์…จ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ์ง€์œ„๋Š” ์ฃ„๋กœ ์ธํ•œ ์ƒ์‹ค์— ์ทจ์•ฝํ–ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ์•ˆ์ „ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค - ์‹œํŽธ์˜ ๋‹ค์Œ ์ ˆ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์‹ ์ด์ง€๋งŒ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ฃฝ์„ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค - ๊ทธ๋Ÿผ์—๋„ ๋ถˆ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ  ์ฃฝ์Œ์—์„œ ์ƒ๋ช…์œผ๋กœ, ํ•„๋ฉธ์—์„œ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ๋กœ์˜ ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์ธ ์ „ํ™˜์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์กŒ๊ณ , ์„ธ๋ก€ ๋ฐ›์€ ์‚ฌ๋žŒ๋“ค์€ '์‹ '์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ๋ถˆ๋ฆด ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค.
Towards the end of the century Clement of Alexandria also taught that the gods are those whom God has adopted through baptism. But alongside this he brought in a new philosophical dimension. The โ€˜godsโ€™ are at the same time those โ€˜who have detached themselves as far as possible from everything humanโ€™ (Strom. 2. 125. 5). Through mastery of the passions and the contemplation of intelligibles they have transcended their corporeal state and come to participate in the divine attributes themselves. Clement links these two approaches, the ecclesiastical and the philosophical, through his teaching on the attainment of the divine likeness, which, although requiring intellectual effort, is at its deepest level โ€˜the restoration to perfect adoption through the Sonโ€™ (Strom. 2. 134. 2). Origen was also interested in the philosophical ascent of the soul to God but in a different way from Clement. Deification for him was not the perfection of the Christian Gnostic through ethical purification but the participation of the rational creature, through the operation of the Son and the Holy Spirit, in a dynamic divinity that derives ultimately from the Father. His emphasis was less on ethics, though it was by no means neglected, than on the nature of the dynamic relationship which connects the contingent with the self-existent. Life, goodness, and immortality are attributes which do not originate in the contingent order but belong properly to the Father alone. The rational creature is deified as these attributes are progressively communicated to it through its responding to the active reachingout of the second and third Persons of the Trinity. Athanasius took this aspect of the dynamic participation in God further. But because his approach to God was more apophatic than that of Origen, it was only possible in his view for human beings to participate directly in the deified flesh of the incarnate Jogos. Through participation in the body of Christ
์„ธ๊ธฐ๋ง์— ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜์Šค๋„ ์‹ ์€ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜์„œ ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ž…์–‘ํ•˜์‹  ์กด์žฌ๋ผ๊ณ  ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์ณค์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ด์™€ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ๊ทธ๋Š” ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์ฒ ํ•™์  ์ฐจ์›์„ ๊ฐ€์ ธ์™”๋‹ค. '์‹ ๋“ค'์€ ๋™์‹œ์— '์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ๋ชจ๋“  ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ๋ฉ€๋ฆฌ ๋–จ์–ด์ ธ ์žˆ๋Š”' ์‚ฌ๋žŒ๋“ค์ด๋‹ค(Strom. 2. 125. 5). ์—ด์ •์˜ ํ†ต๋‹ฌ๊ณผ ์ง€๊ฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋ช…์ƒ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ์ž์‹ ์˜ ์œก์ฒด์  ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ์ดˆ์›”ํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ทธ ์ž์ฒด๋กœ ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์†์„ฑ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜ํŠธ๋Š” ์‹ ์  ๋‹ฎ์Œ์˜ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์„ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตํšŒ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ์ฒ ํ•™์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ, ์ด ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์„ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š”๋ฐ, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋น„๋ก ์ง€์ ์ธ ๋…ธ๋ ฅ์„ ์š”๊ตฌํ•˜๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๊นŠ์€ ์ฐจ์›์—์„œ "์•„๋“ค์„ ํ†ตํ•œ ์™„์ „ํ•œ ์ž…์–‘์œผ๋กœ์˜ ํšŒ๋ณต"(Strom. 2. 134. 2). ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒŒ๋„ค์Šค๋Š” ๋˜ํ•œ ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ์ฒ ํ•™์ ์œผ๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์— ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๊ฐ€์กŒ์ง€๋งŒ, ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜ํŠธ์™€๋Š” ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๋ฐฉ์‹์œผ๋กœ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๊ฐ€์กŒ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ์—๊ฒŒ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ์œค๋ฆฌ์  ์ •ํ™”๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•œ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ต ์˜์ง€์ฃผ์˜์ž์˜ ์™„์„ฑ์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ, ์„ฑ์ž์™€ ์„ฑ๋ น์˜ ์ž‘์šฉ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ถ๊ทน์ ์œผ๋กœ ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์œ ๋ž˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์—ญ๋™์ ์ธ ์‹ ์„ฑ ์•ˆ์— ์ด์„ฑ์  ํ”ผ์กฐ๋ฌผ์ด ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ•์กฐํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์€ ์œค๋ฆฌํ•™์ด๋ผ๊ธฐ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š”, ๋น„๋ก ์œค๋ฆฌํ•™์„ ์†Œํ™€ํžˆ ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ์—ˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ์šฐ์—ฐ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๊ณผ ์ž์กดํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐํ•˜๋Š” ์—ญ๋™์ ์ธ ๊ด€๊ณ„์˜ ๋ณธ์งˆ์— ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๋ช…, ์„ (ๅ–„), ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ(ไธๆœฌ)์€ ์šฐ์—ฐํ•œ ๊ณ„์ธต์—์„œ ๊ธฐ์›๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์˜ค์ง ์•„๋ฒ„์ง€๊ป˜๋งŒ ํ•ฉ๋‹นํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์†ํ•˜๋Š” ์†์„ฑ๋“ค์ด๋‹ค. ์ด์„ฑ์  ์ฐฝ์กฐ์ฒด๋Š” ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์†์„ฑ๋“ค์ด ์‚ผ์œ„์ผ์ฒด์˜ ๋‘ ๋ฒˆ์งธ์™€ ์„ธ ๋ฒˆ์งธ ์œ„๊ฒฉ๋“ค์˜ ์ ๊ทน์ ์ธ ๋„๋‹ฌ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์‘๋‹ต๋“ค์„ ํ†ตํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ์ง„์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋‹ฌ๋จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์‹ ์„ฑํ™”๋œ๋‹ค. ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์—ญ๋™์ ์ธ ์ฐธ์—ฌ์˜ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๋” ๋ฐœ์ „์‹œ์ผฐ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์‹ ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ ‘๊ทผ์ด ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ์˜ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ๋ถ€์ •์ ์ด์—ˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ์œกํ™”ํ•œ ์š”๊ณ ์Šค์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋œ ์œก์ฒด์— ์ง์ ‘ ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๊ทธ์˜ ๊ฒฌํ•ด์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ๋งŒ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ๋ชธ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•จ์œผ๋กœ์จ

believers participate in the divinity with which that body was endowed, which leads them to participate in incorruption and immortality, and ultimately in the resurtected life and eschatological fulfilment of heaven.
์‹ ์ž๋“ค์€ ๊ทธ ๋ชธ์ด ๋ถ€์—ฌ๋ฐ›์€ ์‹ ์„ฑ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ ์‹ ์„ฑ์€ ๊ทธ๋“ค์„ ์ฉ์ง€ ์•Š์Œ๊ณผ ๋ถˆ๋ฉธ์„ฑ์—, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ถ๊ทน์ ์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ๋ถ€ํ™œํ•œ ์ƒ๋ช…๊ณผ ์ฒœ๊ตญ์˜ ์ข…๋ง๋ก ์  ์„ฑ์ทจ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ด๋•๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
The Cappadocians took the doctrine of deification from the Alexandrians and adapted it to a Platonizing understanding of Christianity as the attainment of likeness to God so far as was possible for human nature. Only the body of Christ, the ensouled flesh which the Logos assumed, is deified in the sense of being โ€˜mingledโ€™ with the divine. Human beings are not deified in accordance with a realistic approach, the emphasis being as much on the ascent of the soul to God as on the transformation of the believer through baptism. This is because of the centrality of the concept of imitation: Christianity is essentially the imitation of the incarnate life of Christ, who deified the body which he assumed in order to enable us to return to the likeness we have lost. But such imitation is not simply external. Although it consists largely in overcoming the passions and freeing the soul from the constraints of corporeal life, it is also a putting on of Christ in baptism. We imitate God through the practice of virtue; we also imitate him by clothing ourselves in Christ. But we can never become gods in the proper sense; that is to say, we can never bridge the gap between the contingent and the self-existent orders of reality. For the Cappadocians, deification never went beyond a figure of speech. Gregory of Nazianzus made extensive use of it in his discussion of the Christian life. Gregory of Nyssa, by contrast, while accepting it in the case of the physical body of Christ and, by extension, of the bread of the Eucharist, was unwilling to apply it to the believer.
์นดํŒŒ๋„ํ‚ค์•„์ธ๋“ค์€ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ํŒŒ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–) ๊ต๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ทจํ•˜์—ฌ, ์ธ๊ฐ„ ๋ณธ์„ฑ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ•œ ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์„ ๋‹ฎ์€ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๊ต์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ฃผ์˜์  ์ดํ•ด์— ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ์ ์šฉ์‹œ์ผฐ๋‹ค. ๋กœ๊ณ ์Šค๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€์ •ํ•œ ์˜ํ˜ผ์˜ ์œก์‹ ์ธ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ๋ชธ๋งŒ์ด ์‹ ์„ฑ๊ณผ '์„ž์ธ๋‹ค'๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋œ๋‹ค. ์ธ๊ฐ„์€ ํ˜„์‹ค์ ์ธ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•œ ์‹ ์ž์˜ ๋ณ€ํ™”๋งŒํผ์ด๋‚˜ ์˜ํ˜ผ์ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜๊ป˜๋กœ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์— ์ค‘์ ์„ ๋‘”๋‹ค. ์ด๊ฒƒ์€ ๋ชจ๋ฐฉ์˜ ๊ฐœ๋…์ด ์ค‘์‹ฌ์ด๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค: ๊ธฐ๋…๊ต๋Š” ๋ณธ์งˆ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์žƒ์–ด๋ฒ„๋ฆฐ ๋‹ฎ์€ ๋ชจ์Šต์œผ๋กœ ๋Œ์•„๊ฐˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ๊ทธ๋ถ„์ด ์ทจํ•˜์‹  ๋ชธ์„ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”ํ•˜์‹  ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ํ•˜์‹  ์‚ถ์„ ๋ชจ๋ฐฉํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋ชจ๋ฐฉ์€ ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ์™ธ์ ์ธ ๊ฒƒ๋งŒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋น„๋ก ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์ด ์ฃผ๋กœ ์ •์š•์„ ๊ทน๋ณตํ•˜๊ณ  ์œก์ฒด์  ์ƒํ™œ์˜ ์ œ์•ฝ์œผ๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์˜ํ˜ผ์„ ํ•ด๋ฐฉ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ ธ ์žˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋˜ํ•œ ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ฅผ ์˜ท ์ž…๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๊ธฐ๋„ ํ•˜๋‹ค. ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๋•์˜ ์‹ค์ฒœ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์„ ๋‹ฎ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๋˜ํ•œ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋กœ ์˜ท ์ž…์Œ์œผ๋กœ์จ ๊ทธ๋ถ„์„ ๋ณธ๋ฐ›์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ๊ฒฐ์ฝ” ์˜ฌ๋ฐ”๋ฅธ ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ ์‹ ์ด ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹ค์‹œ ๋งํ•ด, ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ํ˜„์‹ค์˜ ์šฐ์—ฐ์  ์งˆ์„œ์™€ ์ž์กด์  ์งˆ์„œ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฐ„๊ทน์„ ๊ฒฐ์ฝ” ๋ฉ”์šธ ์ˆ˜ ์—†๋‹ค. ์นดํŒŒ๋„ํ‚ค์•„์ธ๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ๊ฒฐ์ฝ” ๋น„์œ ์  ํ‘œํ˜„์„ ๋„˜์–ด์„œ์ง€ ๋ชปํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‚˜์ง€์•ˆ์ฃผ์Šค์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์ธ ์ƒํ™œ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ๋…ผ์˜์—์„œ ์ด ๋‹จ์–ด๋ฅผ ๊ด‘๋ฒ”์œ„ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด์™€๋Š” ๋Œ€์กฐ์ ์œผ๋กœ, ๋‹ˆ์‚ฌ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์˜ ์œก์‹ , ๋” ๋‚˜์•„๊ฐ€ ์„ฑ์ฒด์˜ ๋นต์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ด๋ฉด์„œ๋„, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์„ ์‹ ์ž์—๊ฒŒ ์ ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๊บผ๋ คํ–ˆ๋‹ค.
The fifth century marks the beginning of new developments. The Alexandrian theological tradition came to full maturity with Cyril, who developed his ideas on deification in the context of his polemics against Judaism, Apollinarianism, and Nestorianism. The technical terminology of deification became problematic for him even before his struggle with Nestorius. He uses it in those of his early works that are heavily influenced by Athanasius but subsequently drops it. In its place โ€˜partakers of the divine natureโ€™ ( 2 Pet. i: 4) comes to the fore for the first time. This Petrine phrase, used previously (but very sparingly) only by Origen, Athanasius, and Theophilus of Alexandria is quoted or alluded to by Cyril with great frequency. In Cyrilโ€™s usage physis, or nature, seems to have a more dynamic sense than ousia, or substance, representing not the divine essence but that aspect of the divine which is communicable to humanity. Accordingly, the deification of human beings is seen less in terms of an Athanasian transformation of the flesh than as a recovery of the divine likeness in our inner life. In Cyrilโ€™s scheme, in which the moral life and the reception of the sacraments are well integrated for the first time, participation in the divine nature implies our regaining of the divine image or likeness, which in turn finds expression in our sanctification, our filiation, and our attainment of incorruptibility.
5์„ธ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ๋ฐœ์ „์ด ์‹œ์ž‘๋˜์—ˆ์Œ์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋ƒ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ ์‹ ํ•™ ์ „ํ†ต์€ ํ‚ค๋ฆด๊ณผ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์™„์ „ํžˆ ์„ฑ์ˆ™ํ•ด์กŒ๋Š”๋ฐ, ํ‚ค๋ฆด์€ ์œ ๋Œ€๊ต, ์•„ํด๋ฆฌ๋‚˜์šฐ์Šค์ฃผ์˜, ๋„ค์Šคํ† ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์ฃผ์˜์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์˜ ๋งฅ๋ฝ์—์„œ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์•„์ด๋””์–ด๋ฅผ ๋ฐœ์ „์‹œ์ผฐ๋‹ค. ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–)๋ผ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์  ์šฉ์–ด๋Š” ๋„ค์Šคํ† ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค(Nestorius)์™€์˜ ํˆฌ์Ÿ ์ด์ „์—๋„ ๊ทธ์—๊ฒŒ ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ์˜ํ–ฅ์„ ๋งŽ์ด ๋ฐ›์€ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ดˆ๊ธฐ ์ž‘ํ’ˆ๋“ค์—์„œ ์ด ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๋‚˜์ค‘์—๋Š” ์ด ์šฉ์–ด๋ฅผ ์‚ญ์ œํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ ์ž๋ฆฌ์— "์‹ ์˜ ๋ณธ์„ฑ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ž๋“ค"(๋ฒงํ›„ 12:12). I: 4)๊ฐ€ ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์ „๋ฉด์— ๋“ฑ์žฅํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ(Origen), ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค(Athanasius), ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํ…Œ์˜คํ•„๋ฃจ์Šค(Theophilus of Alexandria)์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ๋งŒ ์ด์ „์— (๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋งค์šฐ ๋“œ๋ฌผ๊ฒŒ) ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜์—ˆ๋˜ ์ด ํŽ˜ํŠธ๋ฆฐ(Petrine) ๊ตฌ์ ˆ์€ ํ‚ค๋ฆด์— ์˜ํ•ด ๋งค์šฐ ๋นˆ๋ฒˆํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ธ์šฉ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์•”์‹œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹œ๋ฆด์˜ ์šฉ๋ฒ•์—์„œ physis ๋˜๋Š” nature๋Š” ousia ๋˜๋Š” ์‹ค์ฒด๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ์—ญ๋™์  ์ธ ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์ด๋ฉฐ, ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ๋ณธ์งˆ์ด ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์ธ๋ฅ˜์—๊ฒŒ ์ „๋‹ฌ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋ƒ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ์œก์ฒด์˜ ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค์  ๋ณ€ํ™”๋ผ๊ธฐ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ๋‚ด์  ์‚ถ ์†์—์„œ ์‹ ์  ๋‹ฎ์Œ์˜ ํšŒ๋ณต์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๊ด€์ ์—์„œ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ง„๋‹ค. ๋„๋•์  ์‚ถ๊ณผ ์„ฑ๋ก€์ „์˜ ์ˆ˜์šฉ์ด ์ฒ˜์Œ์œผ๋กœ ์ž˜ ํ†ตํ•ฉ๋œ ์‹œ๋ฆด์˜ ๊ณ„ํš์—์„œ, ์‹ ์˜ ๋ณธ์„ฑ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•œ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์‹ ์˜ ๋ชจ์Šต ๋˜๋Š” ๋‹ฎ์Œ์„ ๋‹ค์‹œ ์–ป๋Š”๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋‹ค์‹œ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฃฉํ•จ, ์šฐ๋ฆฌ์˜ ํšจ์„ฑ, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์šฐ๋ฆฌ์˜ ๋ถ€ํŒจํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ์˜ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ์œผ๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„๋œ๋‹ค.
Deification entered the Byzantine tradition, however, not through Cytil but through Dionysius the Areopagite and Maximus the Confessor. Theosis for Dionysius was primarily the attaining of unity and likeness. In his treatment of deification he took his language and his conceptions from both Gregory of Nazianzus and the Neoplatonist Proclus, combining Gregoryโ€™s ascent of the soul with Proclusโ€™ thrust towards unity. Deification is the condition of the saved, which begins with baptism and is nurtured by participation in the holy synaxis, by reception of the Eucharist, by opening the mind to divine illumination. For Maximus it was not the problem of oneness and multiplicity that was central, but how a mortal human being can participate in a transcendent God. He took up the Gregorian and Dionysian approach but supplied a major corrective, for Dionysius has little to say about the Incarnation. In Maximus God is operative in the world through his divine energies. By virtue of the Incarnation the believer can participate in these. Theosis is Godโ€™s gift of himself through his energies. On analogy with Maximusโ€™ christology, in the believer the human and the divine interpenetrate without confusion. The eschatological fulfilment of this deification is summed up in the following definition: โ€˜Theosis, briefly, is the encompassing and fulfilment of all times and ages, and of all that exists in eitherโ€™ (Var. Cent. 4. 19; trans. Palmer, Sherrard, and Ware).
๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ํ‚คํ‹ธ์„ ํ†ตํ•ด์„œ๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ ์•„๋ ˆ์˜คํŒŒ์ง€ํŠธ ๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ์šฐ์Šค์™€ ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์ „ํ†ต์— ๋“ค์–ด์™”๋‹ค. ๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ์šฐ์Šค์—๊ฒŒ ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅž็ฅž)๋Š” ์ฃผ๋กœ ํ†ต์ผ์„ฑ๊ณผ ์œ ์‚ฌ์„ฑ์„ ํš๋“ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ทธ์˜ ์ทจ๊ธ‰์—์„œ ๊ทธ๋Š” ๋‚˜์ง€์•ˆ์ฃผ์Šค์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์™€ ์‹ ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ฃผ์˜์ž ํ”„๋กœํด๋กœ์Šค๋กœ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์ž์‹ ์˜ ์–ธ์–ด์™€ ๊ฐœ๋…์„ ์ทจํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ์˜ํ˜ผ์˜ ์ƒ์Šน๊ณผ ํ”„๋กœํด๋กœ์Šค์˜ ํ†ต์ผ์„ ํ–ฅํ•œ ์ถ”์ง„๋ ฅ์„ ๊ฒฐํ•ฉํ–ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅžๅŒ–)๋Š” ๊ตฌ์›๋ฐ›์€ ์ด์˜ ์ƒํƒœ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์„ธ๋ก€๋กœ ์‹œ์ž‘๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๊ฑฐ๋ฃฉํ•œ ๊ณต๊ด€(synaxis)์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•˜๊ณ , ์„ฑ์ฒด์„ฑ์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์ž„์œผ๋กœ์จ, ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์กฐ๋ช…์— ๋งˆ์Œ์„ ์—ด์Œ์œผ๋กœ์จ ์–‘์œก๋ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค์—๊ฒŒ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์ด ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋‹จ์ผ์„ฑ๊ณผ ๋‹ค์ค‘์„ฑ์˜ ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋ผ, ํ•„๋ฉธ์˜ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ์–ด๋–ป๊ฒŒ ์ดˆ์›”์ ์ธ ์‹ ์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š”๊ฐ€ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค์™€ ๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์†Œ์Šค์˜ ์ ‘๊ทผ๋ฒ•์„ ์ฑ„ํƒํ–ˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ์šฐ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด ๊ฑฐ์˜ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ๊ต์ •์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค์—์„œ ์‹ ์€ ๊ทธ์˜ ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์„ธ์ƒ์—์„œ ํ™œ๋™ํ•˜์‹ ๋‹ค. ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ์˜ ๋•๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ์‹ ์ž๋Š” ์ด๊ฒƒ๋“ค์— ์ฐธ์—ฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์‹ ํ™”(็ฅž็ฅž)๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ทธ๋ถ„ ์ž์‹ ์„ ์„ ๋ฌผ๋กœ ์ฃผ์‹  ๊ฒƒ์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค์˜ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ก ๊ณผ ์œ ์ถ”ํ•ด ๋ณด๋ฉด, ์‹ ์ž ์•ˆ์—์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์‹ ์„ฑ์€ ํ˜ผ๋™ ์—†์ด ์ƒํ˜ธ ์นจํˆฌํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์ข…๋ง๋ก ์  ์„ฑ์ทจ๋Š” ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ •์˜๋กœ ์š”์•ฝ๋œ๋‹ค: "๊ฐ„๋‹จํžˆ ๋งํ•ด์„œ, ์‹ ํ™”(Theosis)๋Š” ๋ชจ๋“  ์‹œ๋Œ€์™€ ์‹œ๋Œ€, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์–ด๋А ์–ด๋А ํ•œ ์‹œ๋Œ€์—๋„ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ชจ๋“  ๊ฒƒ์„ ํฌ๊ด„ํ•˜๊ณ  ์„ฑ์ทจํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค"(Var. Cent. 4. 19; trans. Palmer, Sherrard, and Ware).
In summary, until the end of the fourth century the metaphor of deification develops along two distinct lines: on the one hand, the transformation of humanity in principle as a consequence of the Incarnation; on the other, the ascent of the soul through the practice of virtue. The former, broadly characteristic of Justin, Irenaeus, Origen, and Athanasius, is based on St Paulโ€™s teaching on incorporation into Christ through baptism and implies a realistic approach to deification. The latter, typical of Clement and the Cappadocians, is fundamentally Platonic and implies a philosophical or ethical approach. By the end of the fourth century the realistic and philosophical strands begin to converge. In Cyril the realistic approach becomes more spiritualized through the use he makes of 2 Peter 1: 4; in Maximus the philosophical approach comes to be focused more on ontological concerns under the influence of his post-Chalcedonian christology.
์š”์•ฝํ•˜๋ฉด, 4 ์„ธ๊ธฐ ๋ง๊นŒ์ง€ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ์€์œ ๋Š” ๋‘ ๊ฐ€์ง€ ๋šœ๋ ทํ•œ ๋…ธ์„ ์„ ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋ฐœ์ „ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค : ํ•œํŽธ์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ์„ฑ์œก์‹ ์˜ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋กœ์„œ ์›์น™์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ธ๋ฅ˜์˜ ๋ณ€ํ™”; ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ํ•œํŽธ์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ๋•์˜ ์‹ค์ฒœ์„ ํ†ตํ•œ ์˜ํ˜ผ์˜ ์ƒ์Šน์ž…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ „์ž๋Š” ์œ ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ˆ„์Šค, ์ด๋ ˆ๋‚˜์ด์šฐ์Šค, ์˜ค๋ฆฌ๊ฒ, ์•„ํƒ€๋‚˜์‹œ์šฐ์Šค์˜ ๊ด‘๋ฒ”์œ„ํ•œ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ, ์„ธ๋ก€๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„ ์•ˆ์œผ๋กœ ํ†ตํ•ฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์„ฑ ๋ฐ”์šธ์˜ ๊ฐ€๋ฅด์นจ์— ๊ธฐ์ดˆํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ํ˜„์‹ค์ ์ธ ์ ‘๊ทผ์„ ์•”์‹œํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜ํŠธ์™€ ์นดํŒŒ๋„ํ‚ค์•„ ์ธ๋“ค์˜ ์ „ํ˜•์ ์ธ ํ›„์ž๋Š” ๊ทผ๋ณธ์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ ์ด๋ฉฐ ์ฒ ํ•™์  ๋˜๋Š” ์œค๋ฆฌ์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์„ ์•”์‹œํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. 4์„ธ๊ธฐ ๋ง๊ฒฝ์—๋Š” ํ˜„์‹ค์ฃผ์˜์™€ ์ฒ ํ•™์˜ ๊ฐ€๋‹ฅ์ด ์ˆ˜๋ ดํ•˜๊ธฐ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์‹œ๋ฆด๋ฃจ์Šค์—์„œ ํ˜„์‹ค์ฃผ์˜์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์€ ๋ฒ ๋“œ๋กœํ›„์„œ 1์žฅ 4์ ˆ; ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค์—์„œ ์ฒ ํ•™์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์€ ๊ทธ์˜ ์นผ์ผ€๋ˆ ์ดํ›„์˜ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ก ์˜ ์˜ํ–ฅ ์•„๋ž˜ ์กด์žฌ๋ก ์  ๊ด€์‹ฌ์— ๋” ์ดˆ์ ์„ ๋งž์ถ”๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.
The Antiochene fathers are different. They speak of men as gods only by title or analogy. When the Antiochenes are compared with the Alexandrians, the correlation between deification and christology becomes clear, the contrast between the metaphysical union of the Alexandrians and the moral union of the Antiochenes in their christology being reflected in their respectjve attitudes to deification. For the Alexandrians the transformation of the flesh by the Word is mirrored in the transformation of the believer by Christ. For the Antiochenes the deliberate and willed nature of the union of the human and the divine in Christ finds its counterpart in the moral struggle that human beings need to experience before they can attain perfection. Just
์•ˆํ‹ฐ์˜ค์ผ€๋„ค ๊ต๋ถ€๋“ค์€ ๋‹ค๋ฆ…๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋“ค์€ ์ธ๊ฐ„์„ ์‹ ์œผ๋กœ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•  ๋ฟ, ๋‹จ์ง€ ์นญํ˜ธ๋‚˜ ๋น„์œ ์— ์˜ํ•ด์„œ๋งŒ ๋งํ•œ๋‹ค. ์•ˆํ‹ฐ์˜ค์ผ€๋„ค์Šค๋ฅผ ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ํŒŒ์™€ ๋น„๊ตํ•ด ๋ณผ ๋•Œ, ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์™€ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„๋ก ์˜ ์ƒ๊ด€๊ด€๊ณ„๋Š” ๋ถ„๋ช…ํ•ด์ง€๋Š”๋ฐ, ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„ํŒŒ์˜ ํ˜•์ด์ƒํ•™์  ์—ฐํ•ฉ๊ณผ ์•ˆํ‹ฐ์˜ค์ผ€๋„ค์Šค์˜ ๋„๋•์  ์—ฐํ•ฉ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๋Œ€์กฐ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋“ค์˜ ๊ธฐ๋…๋ก ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ทธ๋“ค์˜ ์กด์ค‘ํ•˜๋Š” ํƒœ๋„์— ๋ฐ˜์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์ธ๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ ๋ง์”€์— ์˜ํ•œ ์œก์‹ ์˜ ๋ณ€ํ™”๋Š” ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„์— ์˜ํ•œ ์‹ ์ž์˜ ๋ณ€ํ™”๋กœ ๋ฐ˜์˜๋œ๋‹ค. ์•ˆํ‹ฐ์˜ค์ผ€๋„ค์Šค ์‚ฌ๋žŒ๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ๋Š”, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋„ ์•ˆ์—์„œ ์ธ๊ฐ„๊ณผ ์‹ ์„ฑ์˜ ์—ฐํ•ฉ์ด๋ผ๋Š” ์‹ ์ค‘ํ•˜๊ณ  ์˜์ง€์ ์ธ ๋ณธ์„ฑ์€ ์ธ๊ฐ„์ด ์™„์ „์— ๋„๋‹ฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ์ „์— ๊ฒฝํ—˜ํ•ด์•ผ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋„๋•์  ํˆฌ์Ÿ์—์„œ ๊ทธ ์ง์„ ์ฐพ๋Š”๋‹ค. ๋ถˆ๊ณผ

as without Platonism there is no philosophical approach to deification, so without a substantialist background of thought in christology there is no basis for a realistic approach.
ํ”Œ๋ผํ†ค์ฃผ์˜๊ฐ€ ์—†์œผ๋ฉด ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ฒ ํ•™์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์ด ์—†๋“ฏ์ด, ๊ธฐ๋…๋ก ์˜ ์‹ค์ฒด์ฃผ์˜์  ์‚ฌ์ƒ ๋ฐฐ๊ฒฝ ์—†์ด๋Š” ํ˜„์‹ค์  ์ ‘๊ทผ์˜ ๊ธฐ์ดˆ๊ฐ€ ์—†์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
Through Dionysius and Maximus the Confessor deification became established in the Byzantine monastic tradition as the goal of the spiritual life. The two most influential teachers of this final phase, Symeon the New Theologian of the late tenth and early eleventh centuries and Gregory Palamas of the fourteenth, emphasized the experiential side of deification. The controversies in which Palamas became involved were the result of his conviction that the hesychast was transfigured both spiritually and physically by the immediate vision, in prayer, of the divine light. The distinction between the imparticipable essence of God and his participable energies was passionately defended by Palamas as the theoretical basis of a strongly realistic view of participation in the divine. In the last phase of the controversy deification as a merely nominal or analogous term was expressly excluded. It was in this form that deification was handed on to the Orthodox Church of today.
๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ์šฐ์Šค (Dionysius)์™€ ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค (Maximus)๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์ฐธํšŒ ์ž ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ๋น„์ž”ํ‹ด ์ˆ˜๋„์› ์ „ํ†ต์—์„œ ์˜์  ์ƒํ™œ์˜ ๋ชฉํ‘œ๋กœ ์ž๋ฆฌ ์žก์•˜์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์˜ํ–ฅ๋ ฅ ์žˆ๋Š” ๋‘ ๋ช…์˜ ๊ต์‚ฌ, ์ฆ‰ 10์„ธ๊ธฐ ๋ง๊ณผ 11์„ธ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ์˜ ์‹ ์‹ ํ•™์ž ์‹œ๋ฉ”์˜จ๊ณผ 14์„ธ๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์˜ ๊ฒฝํ—˜์  ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ•์กฐํ–ˆ๋‹ค. ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์—ฐ๋ฃจ๋œ ๋…ผ์Ÿ์€ ํ—ค์‹œ์นด์ŠคํŠธ๊ฐ€ ๊ธฐ๋„๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ•ด ์‹ ์„ฑํ•œ ๋น›์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์ฆ‰๊ฐ์ ์ธ ์‹œํ˜„์— ์˜ํ•ด ์˜์ ์œผ๋กœ๋‚˜ ์œก์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€ํ˜•๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ทธ์˜ ํ™•์‹ ์˜ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์˜€๋‹ค. ํ•˜๋‚˜๋‹˜์˜ ๋ถˆ๊ณตํ‰ํ•œ ๋ณธ์งˆ๊ณผ ๊ทธ๋ถ„์˜ ์ฐธ์—ฌ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„์€ ํŒ”๋ผ๋งˆ์Šค์— ์˜ํ•ด ์‹ ์„ฑ์—์˜ ์ฐธ์—ฌ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๋งค์šฐ ํ˜„์‹ค์ ์ธ ๊ฒฌํ•ด์˜ ์ด๋ก ์  ๊ธฐ์ดˆ๋กœ์„œ ์—ด์ •์ ์œผ๋กœ ์˜นํ˜ธ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋…ผ์Ÿ์˜ ๋งˆ์ง€๋ง‰ ๊ตญ๋ฉด์—์„œ, ๋‹จ์ˆœํžˆ ๋ช…๋ชฉ์ƒ ๋˜๋Š” ์œ ์‚ฌํ•œ ์šฉ์–ด๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๋Š” ๋ช…๋ฐฑํžˆ ๋ฐฐ์ œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ํ˜•ํƒœ๋กœ ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”๊ฐ€ ์˜ค๋Š˜๋‚ ์˜ ์ •๊ตํšŒ์— ์ „ํ•ด์กŒ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.

  1. 1 1 ^(1){ }^{1} On the role of metaphor in theological discourse the best study is Soskice 198 . See also McFague 1983.
    1 1 ^(1){ }^{1} ์‹ ํ•™์  ๋‹ด๋ก ์—์„œ ์€์œ ์˜ ์—ญํ• ์— ๊ด€ํ•ด์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ์ข‹์€ ์—ฐ๊ตฌ๋Š” Soskice, 198 ์ด๋‹ค. McFague 1983์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜๋ผ.

    2 โ€˜Metaphorical usages which begin their careers outside the standard lexicon may gradually become lexicalizedโ€™ (Soskice 1985: 83).
    2 "ํ‘œ์ค€ ์–ดํœ˜์ง‘ ๋ฐ–์—์„œ ๊ฒฝ๋ ฅ์„ ์‹œ์ž‘ํ•œ ์€์œ ์  ์šฉ๋ฒ•์€ ์ ์ฐจ ์–ดํœ˜ํ™”๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค"(Soskice 1985: 83).

    3 3 ^(3){ }^{3} When attached to the word โ€˜godsโ€™, the phrase โ€˜by graceโ€™ ( ฮบ ฮฑ ฯ„ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฮฑ ฯ ฮฝ ฮบ ฮฑ ฯ„ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฮฑ ฯ ฮฝ kappa alpha tau alphaalpha^(ห™)alpha rho nu\kappa \alpha \tau \alpha \dot{\alpha} \alpha \rho \nu ) functions, in Aristotelian terms, as a โ€˜negative additionโ€™ (Aristotle, Poet. 21. 1457 30 โˆ’ 32 30 โˆ’ 32 30-3230-32 ) denying the attribute of uncreatedness. It indicates that โ€˜godsโ€™ is not to be taken literally.
    3 3 ^(3){ }^{3} '์‹ ๋“ค'์ด๋ผ๋Š” ๋‹จ์–ด์— ๋ถ™์„ ๋•Œ, '์€ํ˜œ์— ์˜ํ•ด'( ฮบ ฮฑ ฯ„ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฮฑ ฯ ฮฝ ฮบ ฮฑ ฯ„ ฮฑ ฮฑ ห™ ฮฑ ฯ ฮฝ kappa alpha tau alphaalpha^(ห™)alpha rho nu\kappa \alpha \tau \alpha \dot{\alpha} \alpha \rho \nu )๋ผ๋Š” ๋ฌธ๊ตฌ๋Š” ์•„๋ฆฌ์Šคํ† ํ…”๋ ˆ์Šค ์šฉ์–ด๋กœ '์Œ์˜ ๋ง์…ˆ'์œผ๋กœ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค (Aristotle, Poet. 21. 1457 30 โˆ’ 32 30 โˆ’ 32 30-3230-32 ) ์ฐฝ์กฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์Œ์˜ ์†์„ฑ์„ ๋ถ€์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๊ฒƒ์€ '์‹ ๋“ค'์„ ๋ฌธ์ž ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ๋ฐ›์•„๋“ค์—ฌ์„œ๋Š” ์•ˆ ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์ง€์ ํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
  2. 6 6 ^(6){ }^{6} Louth 1983a: 19, summarizing a central idea of Giambattista Vicoโ€™s.
    6 6 ^(6){ }^{6} Louth 1983a: 19, Giambattista Vico์˜ ์ค‘์‹ฌ ์•„์ด๋””์–ด๋ฅผ ์š”์•ฝํ•จ.
  3. 7 7 ^(7){ }^{7} It may be mentioned that Greece at this time was dominated by an academic theological tradition that did not pay much attention to deification. The important work by Greek theologians since 1960 is discussed in Chapter 9. s, below.
    7 7 ^(7){ }^{7} ์ด ์‹œ๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค๋Š” ์‹ ๊ฒฉํ™”์— ํฐ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์„ ๊ธฐ์šธ์ด์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ํ•™๋ฌธ์  ์‹ ํ•™ ์ „ํ†ต์— ์˜ํ•ด ์ง€๋ฐฐ๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ์ ์„ ์–ธ๊ธ‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 1960๋…„ ์ด๋ž˜ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ์Šค ์‹ ํ•™์ž๋“ค์˜ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์—…์ ์€ 9์žฅ์—์„œ ๋…ผ์˜๋œ๋‹ค. s, ์•„๋ž˜.

    8 8 ^(8){ }^{8} Appearing on the eve of the Second World War, this book, despite its importance, survives in very few copies. The welcome publication of an English translation in 2000 came too late for me to refer to, but fortunately the translator, for ease of reference, has included the page numbers of the French edition in the margins.
    8 8 ^(8){ }^{8} ์ œ2์ฐจ ์„ธ๊ณ„๋Œ€์ „ ์ง์ „์— ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋œ ์ด ์ฑ…์€ ๊ทธ ์ค‘์š”์„ฑ์—๋„ ๋ถˆ๊ตฌํ•˜๊ณ  ๊ทน์†Œ์ˆ˜๋งŒ ๋‚จ์•„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 2000๋…„์— ์˜์–ด ๋ฒˆ์—ญ๋ณธ์ด ์ถœ๊ฐ„๋œ ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ฐ˜๊ฐ€์šด ์†Œ์‹์€ ๋„ˆ๋ฌด ๋Šฆ์–ด์„œ ์ฐธ๊ณ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์—†์—ˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ๋‹คํ–‰ํžˆ๋„ ๋ฒˆ์—ญ๊ฐ€๋Š” ์‰ฝ๊ฒŒ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ์—ฌ๋ฐฑ์— ํ”„๋ž‘์Šค์–ดํŒ์˜ ํŽ˜์ด์ง€ ๋ฒˆํ˜ธ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จ์‹œ์ผœ ์ฃผ์—ˆ์Šต๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.
  4. " These are on Clement of Alexandria (1952), Gregory of Nyssa (1955), Dionysius the Areopagite (1958), Maximus the Confessor (1965), John Climacus (1968), Symeon the New Theologian (1974), and Nicholas Cabasilas (1977).
    " ์•Œ๋ ‰์‚ฐ๋“œ๋ฆฌ์•„์˜ ํด๋ ˆ๋ฉ˜์Šค(1952๋…„), ๋‹ˆ์‚ฌ์˜ ๊ทธ๋ ˆ๊ณ ๋ฆฌ์šฐ์Šค(1955๋…„), ์•„๋ ˆ์˜คํŒŒ์ง€ํŠธ ๋””์˜ค๋‹ˆ์‹œ์šฐ์Šค(1958๋…„), ์ฐธํšŒ์ž ๋ง‰์‹œ๋ฌด์Šค(1965๋…„), ์กด ํด๋ฆฌ๋งˆ์ฟ ์Šค(1968๋…„), ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์‹ ํ•™์ž ์‹œ๋ฉ”์˜จ(1974๋…„), ๋‹ˆ์ฝœ๋ผ์Šค ์นด๋ฐ”์‹ค๋ผ์Šค(1977๋…„)์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.